Home

HumaStar 300

Contents

1. To fill the hydraulic circuits To fill the Thermostat and Incubation Bath To align the Photometer Lamp Control and alignment of modules Control of the peristaltic Pumps Control of the Diluters Control of the Measurement System MESSAGES The analyzer generates two types of massages one is a simple FLAG the other is a more serious a Warning The Flag does not stop the analy zer it simply notifies the operator that there is an anomaly during operation such as missing Reagent missing Sample missing Wash So lution etc All of such massages or flags are notified by the red triangle as shown on the right By clicking on the small arrow next to the triangle a window opens to display the loca tion of the anomaly To identify the cause go to Maintenance F8 to the flagged section A warning in red will be displayed against the part that caused the flag ET 3 Possibili alarmi presenti nel sistema Misura Allarme Sistema di Misura Human A 236 Ger tename User manual The Warning of FATAL ERROR is a dangerous error that will au tomatically STOP the analyzer Such error can be generated by both Hardware and Software see image on the right The operation is interrupted and the analyzer has to be turned OFF after having read the message that identified the error Turn back ON the analyzer and if the error persists use the Diagnostic Program to analyze and eli
2. 41 CONNECTED TO PRIMARY OF TRANSFORMER Ft Ger tename User manual 49 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N E10110 01 2057008 3 r DL 021534405 31892 2000094 OL 121934403 31872 2050 02 Otd OL 011534405 A lt 0 F01093 2090093 10 01093 vr Human 50 20570033 r DL 121234403 31892 IDA OL 314992 2090025 Ord OL 021534405 e norae 43404 c 20 r010d 3 20390093 Id 545 10 01093 yr woad Ger tename User manual 51 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N E10110 01 Human _ Analogic voltage Thermal chamber control Refrigerator control Air pump Samples Cuvettes Reagents Lamp Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N E10110 01 53 A 54 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 55 4 INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The present functions are devided into three sections 1A Block diagram CUVETTES Diagram 17970 24 SC page 1 of 3 xx include 243 Control Valve V4 via U1 OC2 and Q2 Control valve V5 via U1 OC1 and ia en 01 Control pump P6 by means of si gnal E_P6C that enables the inte VALVE grated circuit U2 wac Control pump P7 via U1 OC3 and Q3
3. BRACCIO CANFION ES uH m i i 8 SAVPLCS PLATE T 5 00 PIATIO_LA SAVFLCS PLATE HEH LAYAGGIO_TUVETIE WASH TUVETIES 86 4 28 2 E ds Feu L _ Ft Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 117 gt gt c 0098 00 gacaocacaocacaco a Saeaneaeaneaeaeech Lata flat Flat cable side J3 J4 15 Lato schede e a Tr Tm 09909099 P996979909 a eee es eee eee ny pee gy 45 J3 Human A 118 ARBRARACARE BELLE TZESERSTITZRTFETETDFE IE IN 31934 INH SINT 31919 S1N30914 ar e gt a 2 a a amp KM u lt 4 D de dr D d d LLLTILEEEETEELTETEES 23803182
4. 22 ov gt 9 lt 10 ms Ii lt CR gt 0 3 lt 0 4ms min gt 50us SE At i Te m ee zu gt i gt 9 lt 10 ms d FIGURE 39 Human A 172 All the following opera e tions are to be made with analyzer turned OFF Bottle Type type 1 50ml type 2 6ml Documentation 17970 31 0 5 electricaldiagram 17970 31 0 PM assembly drawing 12 1 Maintenance 12 1 1 REPLACEMENT OF LEVEL SENSOR AND ITS FLAT CABLE Level Sensor Board Remove the teflon tubing connected to the probe Remove the screws and the Arm cover Remove connectors JP1 flat cable and JP2 mixing motor BWIN E Loosen the screw holding the flat cable to the probe holder and replace the board Flat Cable 5 Remove connector JP1 6 Cut the ribbon holding the cable or remove the screw loosen the GND ter minal disconnect connector P2 and replace the flat cable Ger tename User manual LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR P N 17970 31 173 12 2 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect Causes and Remedies Make sure that the connection between the board EBO124 xx and the Probe support is not broken Make sure that the Probe is correctly fixed Check the GND connection of flat cable WC0101 02 Clean the Probe both inside and outside with
5. 120 01 PD0041 01 Microcontroller PIC 03 EB0046 01 PD0040 01 GAL 16V8 01 05 46 01 PD0042 01 Microcontroller PIC 03 EB0046 01 20 6 General Spare Parts CODE DESCRIPTION 50 01 Transformer power supply 0052 01 Heating element 17941 2 Temperature sensor 17920 32 Photometer lamp EA0065 01 Main switch with filter EA0066 01 Power cord with socket for Air pump amp aux 17950 Optical quartz Cuvette reading box of 5 p A00740 01 Plastic sample Cups Bag of 2000 p 17915 1 Syringe with piston N 4 17916 1 Syringe with piston N 5 17941 3 Level sensor analytical chamber 17938 S Sampling probe reagent amp sample 506 120 021 Preamplifier detector 20 7 Interference filters and optical parts CODE DESCRIPTION 677 015 005 340 nm 677 015 007 380 677 015 010 405 nm 677 015 020 510 nm 677 015 030 546 677 025 035 578 677 015 040 620 nm 677 015 052 700 674 020 005 Optical lens F 24 17920 30 Complete filter wheel standard set K00030 01 Set diskettes of blockage three levels 600 350 100 ee nn Ger tename User manual ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 331 20 8 Complete Modules CODE 17956 1 17915 AY0096 01 AY0199 01 AY0117 01 17930 17932 17932 17970 30 AY0133 01 17903 S AY0131 01 AY0115 01 AY0172 01 AY0200 01 AY0121 02 MCO0123 01 MA0183 01 DESCRIPTION Power supply PC Dilutor module Computer module 1 version Computer module
6. d AWash Wash of vs 1 ol 1 ole d O d TB High Waste 38 5 C monitor 6 Select Read Temp C Figure 49 SE Fotometer 5 Test ISE Ja Each 10mV corresponds to about 1 C 5 Finished adjustment check temperature on the A 282 A variation of 10mV e corresponds to 0 5 C on the monitor FIGURE 57 7 The temperature displayed on the Monitor although precise may vary on the Monitor 1 C due to its low resolution in any case the value should be between 36 and 43 C 8 Should the temperature be out of range there will be a flag with a WARNING 9 To align the real value of the temperature with that displayed on the Moni tor see section below To Aligh the measured Temperature with that displayed on the Monitor To aligh the two temperatures one has to adjust the reference voltage on the A D converter ofthe CPU slave board Proceed as follows 1 Exit program and turn OFF the Analyzer 2 Remove the CPU slave board of the Cuvette Measuring System 3 Turn On the Analyzer and load the Diagnostic Tool Program Tester exe 4 Click in sequence only in that section PWR ON HOME Z HOME PLATE HOME FILTER see Figure 49 Activate pump 6 1 and wait 10 min Click on TB Temp to adjust the temperature 7 Connect the multi meter on TP1 of board 17970 9 and the onto TP6 on board 17970 8 CPU
7. 043 01 PCB FUSE F8 0 5A EB0043 01 INTERNAL CIRCUIT EB0089 01 PCB SPS 24vDC 930 020 012 FUSE F11 6A EB0043 01 EB0054 01 PCB FUSE F2 2 5A EB0043 01 VPP1 REAGENTS SYSTEM FUSE F32 5A EB0043 01 VPP2 CUVETTES SYSTEM FUSE F4 2 5A EB0043 01 VPP2 SAMPLES SYSTEM TRANSFORMER 0050 01 FUSE F6 1 6A EB0043 01 INCUBATION BATH AY0131 01 Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N E10110 01 29 3 2 Main Power Supply Assembly P N AY0097 04 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This section describes all the Power Supply parts The module generates the following voltages 5 0V 5 0V 12 V 12 V 24 V 18 Vac 48 Vac 230 115 Vac Air Pump 230 115 Vac AUX DOCUMENTATION E10107 01 0 DW Block diagram 0107 01 0 5 Electrical diagram 3 2 1 PCB POWER DISTRIBUTION P N 17970 27 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This board distributes the primary voltages to the following devices Power switch Primary to transformer T1 Secondary 54 of transformer T1 PC power supply AUX power supply plug Power supply 24 V Air Pump operated optotriac OC and controlled by 17970 7 DOCUMENTATION 17970 27 B SC electrical diagram 17970 27 A PM assembly drawing Human bb A 30 3 2 2 TRANSFORMER P N EM0050
8. Power supply lamp board d e Fuses 1 6A 1 Ger tename User manual POWER SUPPLY PHOTOMETER LAMP P N 17970 10 69 5 3 Enclosed Documentation 5 3 1 17970 10 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 5 3 2 17970 10 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING HUman ANE 70 AIR PUMP START SICNAL J8 CONNECTED TO AIR PUMP SPS 24v AUX FOR PRINTER MONITOR b FROM SECONDARY OF THE TRANSFORMER CONNECTED TO Je MAIN SWITCH amp FILTER CONNECTED TO SPS PC 41 CONNECTED TO PRIMARY OF TRANSFORMER Ger tename User manual POWER SUPPLY PHOTOMETER LAMP P N 17970 10 7 J4 80043 01 SWITCH To J3 E B0101 01 Fron E 0101 01 Human A TT 72 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 13 6 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY 0073 02 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The system consists of a PC MASTER and three uprocessors SLAVES HELL LS LL LL LA d SLAVE 1 controls the complete robotics of the Reagent System such as Rotation ofthe Reagent plate Movement ofthe Arm with its Reagent Probe Reagent Diluter and its pump SLAVE 2 controls the whole Analytical System cuvette system such as Rotation of the measuring cuvette plate Rotation of the photometer filter revolver Operation of the cuvette washing Arm Pump and valve SLAVE 3 controls the complete robotic
9. Defect Causes and Remedies Make sure that the power cord is well inserted If the Monitor power cord is inserted to the analyzer Analyzer does NOT make sure to Turn ON first the analyzer and after the turn ON Monitor Make sure that the Monitor is turned ON Check the correct voltage Human 38 Replace the fuses as described above Disconnect the cord that is connected to the AUX plug Turn ON the analyzer If the problem persists The fuses are fre 5 quently burnt The computer does NOT turn ON Missing voltage 23V Missing voltage 15V Missing Voltage 12V Disconnect all connectors J1 J2 J3 J4 from the power supply board 17970 7 Turn ON the analyzer Disconnect connectors J1 J4 e J5 from the distribution board 17970 27 turn On the analyzer Replace distribution board 17970 27 Replace switch EA0065 01 Make sure that the red LED on the back plane board are ON Make sure that the fan of the Processor is working Remove the following connections P1 P2 back plane P2 1 al HDD P5 al FDD P6 al J7 17970 9 Connect a charge of 10 20 ohm 5 10 W between ter minals 1 4 of P2 1 power supply module PC 17956 1 Turn On the Power supply If it does NOT turn ON re place it Disconnect connectors P1 and P2 back plane together P2 1 at HDD P5 at FDD P6 at J7 17970 9 one at a time to isolate the defective part Check fuses F7 F8 on board 17970 7 Disconnect J12 17970 7
10. Distribution of signal E P5C to control pump P5 via board EB0033 01 Distribution of voltage of 24 V for pump P5 US DRIVER PUMP Human A 56 Diagram 17970 24 SC page 2 of 3 include Distribution of signals CK LP EN CW CCW SYNC to control diluter D1 via board 17970 11 Distribution of signals E P1CA LP CK to control pump P1 via board EB0033 03 Distribution of signal E PACA to control pump P4 via board EB0033 02 Control pump P8 via U1 OC6 and O6 Distribution of voltage of 24 V for pumps P1 P4 and diluter D1 27 Block diagram SAMPLES 24 V 5 CK LP ABL CWCCW Diagram 17970 24 SC page 3 of 3 include Distribution of signals CK LP EN CW CCW SYNC to control diluter module D2 via board 17970 11 Distribution of signals E_P2R LP CK to control pump P2 via board EB0033 03 Control of pump P3 via U1 OC4 and 04 Distribution of voltage 24 V for pump P2 and Diluter D2 Ger tename User manual INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 57 Block diagram REAGENTS 24 U 24 5 P3 DRIVER PUMP E P3R ET 72775527 P2 E_P2R CK LP ABL CWOCW PUMP D2 CK LP CWOCW SYNC tm DILUTER JP1 Closed TABLE 2 Setting jumpers Documentation 17970 24 A SC electric diagram pag 1 3 17970 24 A SC electric diagram pag 2 3 17970 24 A SC electric diagram pag 3 3 17970 24 A PM assembly drawing 4 1
11. In section Washing Arm enter 300 in the space mm 10 and click MOVE Z to lower the arm into one of the cuvettes Make sure that the probe is exactly in the center of the cuvette if necessary proceed to align the plate 18 7 1 5 Align the Cuvette Plate or the Washing Arm see 18 7 2 3 Alignment and Adjustment Run a photometric measurement of all the filters If the values obtained are not within the Specs see 18 4 3 Replace Motor and Belt realign the pho tometer lamp 18 4 2 To Equalize and Replace Filters 18 7 1 3 Replace the Preamlifier 1 18 Ur e dS NEUES Disconnect P1 from the Preamplifier from the converter board 17810 7 Rotate manually the pulley 46 in order to align the window with the pre amplifier 47 Remove screws 30 and photometer 11 Figure 62 Remove screws 33 hexa key 2 5mm and extract the preamplifier 47 To facilitate the removal use pin 4 of the plate by inserting it into the hole present on the container of the preamplifier Replace the assembly with an original and reassemble Re assemble the photometer and execute a measurement on each of the filters If the values obtained are not within the specs see 18 4 3 Replace Motor and Belt proceed to realign the photometer lamp see 18 4 2 To Equalize and Replace Filters 7 1 4 Replace the Incubation Chamber Figure 64 and Figure 65 Follow operations from 1 to 4 in 18 7 1 1 To R
12. Leaking Syringe Air bubbles inside the syringe Air bubbles present in tubing syringe and probe Tubing connected to Probe is empty Check piston Check O ring Check the input and output of all tubing Make sure the Probe is not blocked Replace syringe with piston Make sure that the piston is airtight inside the syringe Make sure that the Wash Solution is pro perly prepared with densioactive Tween 20 one drop per liter of dist Water Make sure that the connecting tubing to the syringe are not bent Bent or torn tubing replace Check connection to the probe Peristaltic pump P1 tubing is damaged re place Make sure that the O ring on the syringe is airtight Check if the Wash Solution container is em pty Check tubing if necessary change Make sure that pump P1 operates correctly 19 9 Problems with level sensors and mixer Defect Found The Sampling Level Sensor does not always work properly Cause and Remedy See chapter 12 T S Guide If volume in sample cup is too low air bub bles enter the system and will produce er rors in the level sensor Make sure there is enough sample in cup Dirty or sticky probe clean Air bubbles or foam in the sample Wash solution has too much foam Check and prepare a new lot Human As 320 Reagent level sensor does not always work properly Level Sensor does not work Probe moves stepwise No flag or Warnings when missing liq
13. Replace Photometer lamp Clean Optic System Check Probe alignment Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 311 Check diluter Check cuvettes Check Washing Probes and Incubation Chamber Clean Probe Washing sta tion General Cleaning and check all pump tubing Replace the level sensor flat cable A 312 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 313 19 GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE This section describes some of the problems that can be encountered on Huma Star 300 and how to solve them To make it easy this guide has been divided into problem categories In many cases it will be referred to the section and its specific Trouble Shooting Guide In some cases it will be necessary to use the TESTER exe which is part of the Diagnostic Program the HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS 19 1 Problems with Power Supply Defect Found To solve see Analyzer does notturn ON Fuses burn easily Computer does not turn ON Missing power 23V Missing power 5V chapter 3 T S Guide Missing power 12V Missing 24V in Reagent System Missing 24V in Measurement Cuvette System Missing 24V in Sample System 19 2 Problems with Master Computer and its CPU Slaves Defect Found To solve see During routine operation sometimes the analy zer Re Starts Program is slow to log in Mouse pointer blocks itself BIOS program does not recognize
14. lt PIR FA UN BP N N P P PFE N BP N N N NN P EF F B N N F 349 OPTIONAL MODULES 21 2 Documentation FIGURE 83 82011 8 2 52213 2 1 MAR 0 00 22063 4055022 tr 22135 AWAS 22013 6 2 gd cosas 3 4 gdr Sigi THR L yogy 24 word wiy a pozl Ka 122 m A n A 12 031 u 089 ta 350 FIGURE 84 Ne GREEN 5 ape m J 94 13 EE Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 351 FIGURE 85 SOLDER SIDE amp E 5 m m L c36 CI Baris 222 uU Tel 81 PCB O lay C f Human RA 352 21 3 ISE Module P N KG0019 04 21 3 1 INTRODUCTION The ISE Module is an optional accessory built in the HumaStar HS300SR analy zer for the automatic determination of electrolytes It s a compact precise and reliable modular accessory that compliments the system by increasing consi derably the throughput without complicating its operation Sample Cup Mounting Holes 7 Bubble Detector Power input jack Na Electrode Motor Control Connector K Electrode CI Electrode RS232 Port Reference Electrode Compression Plate Aluminum Housing The ISE module is easily
15. s 240 MOVE Z Warning TEST Z Warnings MOVE PLATE REAG 1 TEST PLATE TEST PLATE WASH MOVE ARM CUV Enables the command to move the Probe starting from HOME position Before run ning this test Position the Probe and the Reagent plate to HOME Insert the parameter into the space mar ked mm 10 a tenth of a millimeter see Warning The test activates a program of a casual Probe movement in window mm 10 it is possible to program the number of cycles REAGENTS TESTS REPEATS Before starting this test Position Probe and plate into HOME Insert the parameter into the space mar mm 10 see Warnings The test moves the plate into the selected position Before running this test introduce the parameter into the window marked Posi tion see parameter The Test activates a program for a random Reagent Plate movement Into the window REAGENTS TESTS REPEATS introduce the number of cycles The test activates a program for a random PLATE movement In the window mm 10 introduce the number of cycles REAGENTS TESTS REPEATS Before running this test Position Plate and Probe into HOME posi tion This test activates the Reagent Arm rota tion from HOME position to the program med position Do NOT go over its maximum allowed Sample max 350 Reagent max 800 cuvette max 590 1 2 wash max 400 16 3 1 Primari tube max
16. 11 5 3 EB0120 00 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 11 5 4 EB0120 01 0 PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING HUman ANE 166 Ft Ger tename User manual ENCODER MOTORE 167 sam Human A R s 168 FEES BE Ger tename User manual ENCODER MOTORE 169 Human A R s 170 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR P N 17970 31 171 12 LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR P N 17970 31 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Function A circuit inside the Probe that enables to detect the presence and the level of a reagent and or sample It s a capacitive type of ope ration based on the measurement of a variation in signal coming from a square wave due to an additional capacity of the liquid in contact with the probe The oscillator U1 generates a fre quency A Figure 36 The oscillator U2 ordered by im pulse B generates a frequency C Figure 36 In standby the output signal C NO LEVEL has a duration of 0 3 0 4 ms when the probe comes in contact with a li quid LEVEL the duration of the signal increases in function of the capacity of that liquid minimum 50 The measured volume of reagent inside the container is expressed into the number of tests that can be performed based on the volume ne cessary per test programmed in the method gt V 03 04ms F
17. 15 5 2 1 To empty the hydraulics of the Thermostat and incubation bath This operation can be done using the Analyzer Maintenance F8 or the Dia gnostic Tester exe UNE de gets To empty the hydraulics using the Analyzer Maintenance Go to Maintenance Measurement System F8 Click on Drain Liquid Bath Click START All the liquid present in the incubation bath and the Thermo stat will be drained to WASTE This procedure takes about 2 to 3 min and will be finished when the green light START will be ON again The analyzer can be turned OFF To empty the hydraulics using the Diagnostic Program From desktop Windows using the Diagnostic Service disk go to Test exe Activate PWR ON on all three systems Reagent Sampling and cuvette Click on TB Drain in section Cuvette When finished close the program and turn OFF the Analyzer During drainage the pump P6 becomes noisy when all the liquid has been drained The noise stops at the end of the operation 15 5 2 2 To Replace the Thermostat 1 Remove the hydraulic tubing 14 16 17 Remove the wiring cables from 14 Liquid IN the heating element connec tor P1 EM0052 01 from board E 43 01 and the cable from the temperature sensor connector P2 0098 01 from connector J11 EB0043 01 and from connector J26 from board EB0046 01 W A Remove the fixing screws 15 and 1 take out the thermostat module Ss 1 Replace the
18. 2 m ch L ANA AER SN AN d EEN ILLJANI Ould HA mx 31718 4429933 0139988 OW MPI 1105 1435934 029788 3407203 LUN 3M3ADN WILAJA 51519434 ANINJADA TNDLLYLDd 51819834 3 714 531575 27001714 er o 5 Ger tename User manual 119 MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 0114 01 5 00660094 amp 2 4 4 5 4 40066522000662224 23 22 23 28332 NL HUT J3 Ht 99900000990000 95 d Qs 9900 0 990000999 g 990000 990000999 5 499000009900009 909 o JA 2 O D L Lato schede Pcb side 5 To Vo Loto flat 4a00665440066244 91 2 45 EE REES uaangeeeaaneeezab o 00 660084 a 990000 9 9 0000999 120 Eu TH Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 121 DID ew MOTORE YELLOW E ENABLE H ADJ Work NNNM NNNM ig Oo R7
19. Figure 50 3 Loosen screw 4 hexa key 1 5mm to enable adjustment ofthe encoder disk 5 4 Insert the spacer device 0 3 into the upper part of the support holding the Probe tube 2 to the front panel 1 by turning screw 13 with a screwdriver Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 285 Rotate the encoder disk 5 until the yellow LED DL3 is lit on the encoder board 17903 50 Tighten loosely screw 4 and remove spacer device D 3 Repeat the operation as described in 18 6 1 1 To Check Electronic Align ment and tighten the screws Replace the cover 14 and block it with screws 15 Replace the Probe with its tube 18 6 1 3 Replace the belt and motor of Probe movement Replacement of Belt 1 2 3 Remove the Probe and its tube Remove screws 15 and the Arm cover 14 Lower the Probe holder 2 to about half its length by rotating the screw 13 with a screw driver Loosen nuts 6 key 5 5 mm that hold motor 7 and release the belt Remove screws 10 remove the closure 11 and raise slowly the whole group 2 and 13 about 10mm Replace the belt with a new original part Replace the motor 6 Remove the connector from the driver board remove the cable and the mo tor Disassemble the motor by removing The pulley 3 by loosening the screws 8 hexa key 1 5 mm Screws and the encoder board 17903 50 Encoder disk 5 by loosening the screw 4 and the spacer Reassem
20. In case of a faulty electrode the software will generate a ERROR code message next to the result like Error ISE Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 367 See Figure 90 shows the module with its four electrodes To simplify the replacement of the electrodes the best way is to remove the module from the analyzer replace the electrodes and reassemble Fist of to re place the electrodes it s necessary to purge the hydraulic circuit of ISE module as follows 1 Take out the sensor cup FIGURE 95 from the Calibrator A 2 To perform 10 cycles of washing after power OFF the analyzer remove the work panel and ISE mo Ss 2 dule then to continue follows 3 Press down lever A to re gt move the faulty electrode 4 Use the same O ring to protect the electrode or use a new i eil 3 5 Press down the lever A Na to insert the new electro de Make sure the electro de is inserted correctly Solution NN Ref All four electrodes have to be aligned with the same distance from each other Make sure to hear a click when the electrode is inserted The electrodes installed will perform for a period of 6 months or 10 000 test HUman As 368 Every SIX months or when ne cessary To ensure an accurate maintenance of the ISE module it s suggest to wash some parts as sample cup waste
21. T O 9 BD 1 TABLE 15 CODE REFER NUMBER DESCRIPTION MS1126 01 D 1 Cuvette Extractor MS1127 01 D 2 Device to center the cuvette washing Probe MS1129 01 D 3 Device for homing The Sampling Probe MS1131 01 D 5 Probe to align the Sampling Arm MS1132 01 D 6 Pin to align the cuvette plate MC0161 01 D 7 Device to clean the Probe internally MS1133 01 D 8 Device to align the Encoder D 9 Device to adjust the height of the cuvette Washing Arm MS1130 01 D 10 Device for homing the Diluter MC0162 01 D 11 Friction device to block the cuvette plate MC0169 01 D 12 Pin to align the encoder Device to Insert and or Extract Interference MS0314 01 D 28 Filters design not shown Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 213 18 3 1 TO REMOVE CASING The Analyzer casing has three removable panels that can be removed if neces sary The following procedures refer to Figure 42 and Figure 43 18 3 1 1 Top Cover 4 1 Remove screws 1 and washers 2 that hold the top cover to the lower part of the Analyzer Remove the locking knobs 4 that block the top panel from the top cover Remove the nuts 3 using a 7mm hexa key and remove the top cover inclu ding the Plexiglas 18 3 1 2 Top Panel 11 Remove the plastic covers from the Reagent Sample and the Cuvette Plates 2 If present remove the cover of the cuvette Washing Probes by removing the blocking knobs 4 3 Remove the cuvette washing Arm see 18 7 2 4 Replace th
22. d 052 SEN nu om om om om m 21 lt x ZT TTV a Ger tename User manual DILUTER DRIVER P N 17970 11 103 Sal Eb 2995959938 SYNC EN aa oo A 104 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 105 8 MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Containers AY0113 01 and AY0114 01 hold the modules that control the stepper motors On the side of AYO114 01 is inserted the power supply board for the photometer lamp 8 1 M B Motor Control Motor P N 17970 26 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The function of this module is to interface the drivers that control the stepper motors of the Sampling System and that of the Cuvette Measuring System The interface has the following characteristics JI and J2 Input voltage 24V for the driver modules J3 Input signals from the Sampling System via 16 14 input signal from Sampling arm activated by the driver modules J7 ver tical movement J8 rotational movement J5 input signal from cuvette washing arm activated by driver modules 19 and input signal from photometer activated by driver module J10 Human A 106 240 FROM JE EB0046 01 FROM J7 EB0046 01 FROM J10 004
23. 2 CheckSum CR Data HeadChar DataRecord CheckSum CR Data HeadChar DataRecord CheckSum CR Practical example P 2 0122 sent a worklist with two patients and a checksum of 0122 17 7 5 TRANSFER OF A WORKLIST RECEPTION FROM HOST HeadChar is P and the DataRecord are structured accroding the following Ta ble Ft Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 261 Parameter ID Patient 1 Last Name 2 First name Age Sex Time entered Comments Type of sample List of Tests 3 Dimension Max 13 characters 16 characters 12 characters 2 digit 1 digit 4 carat 22 carat 1 digit Variable Length Accepted Values Empty Alphanumeric Empty Alphanumeric Empty Alphanumeric Empty Number 0 Female 1 Male Format Empty Alphanumeric 0 Serum Plasma 1 Urine 2 5 Alphanumeric 4 1 Can be empty only if Last name is not empty 2 Can be empty only if ID Patient is not empty 3 DataRecord must have the list of tests for the patient 4 Each test must within the string ASCII 176 and ASCII 167 and must be max 6 characters Example P 270139 1 Rossi Mario 48 1 Ematologia 0 AST BilBic CREAT GLUC 189E P 38489 18 1 2 ALT AST S CREAT8 IRONS OFF8 3 Bianchi Antonella 14 0 0 ALT AST CHOL GGT TRG 1748 P A 18
24. 2 6 1 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS Connect the monitor keyboard mouse and printer on the right side of the ana lyzer as shown in Figure 5 Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 15 2 6 2 CONNECTIONS IN THE BACK OF THE ANALYZER FIGURE 6 Connections in the dB MONTER ren back of Analyzer 12 AIR PUMP 1 Power supply input socket 10 Make sure there proper GND 2 Power Switch ON OFF 11 3 Power input socket for AIR PUMP 12 4 Inlet AIR PUMP tubing 13 5 Outlet tubing to WASTE container 14 6 Voltage Change 15 to select voltage 220 or 110 volt 7 Auxiliary power supply socket 16 8 Power supply cable for the ISE module to be connected to an outside power plug 17 The ISE module has to be always ON since it requires continuous auto calibration and to keep the electrodes moist even when the analyzer is turned OFF 9 AIR PUMP 18 10 WASTE container 19 suggest to empty daily Human A FIGURE 7 Hydraulic Connections Note Use only bi di stilled water for the in cubation bath 2 6 3 HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS WASH SOLUTION INCUBATION waw SOLUTION e C
25. A XT 68 To assure a rapid and ef e ficient technical service to its clients HUMAN sug gests to keep in stock all the parts marked with this sym bol The order request has to be done with the fol lowing information Part Number or Code Descripti on and Quantity 5 1 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of Symptoms or Problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HumaStar 300 TOOLS Defects The Lamp does NOT turn ON The voltage of the lamp is not as specified The light of intensity does NOT stable Lamp burns the minute itis connected to the board 5 5 2 Spare Part List Code Sub Code 17970 10 680 010 216 Causes and Remedies Check if the lamp is interrupted Check if the led DL2 is lighted Check fuse F1 Check if the led DL1 is lighted Check fuse F1 on board 17970 7 Check the 24V on J1 on 17970 7 Check the 24V J1 on the board Change power supply board 24V 17956 1 Change power supply board 17970 10 Lamp is about to burn out Change lamp Check the 24V on J1 on the board Change 17970 10 board Lamp is about to burn out Change Lamp Bad connection on the connector Check the voltage stability and ripple noise Input voltage is out of specs 24V on J1 of the board Change power supply board 24V 17956 1 Change board 17970 10 Check the 11V on J2 on the board Change 17970 10 board Description
26. LINE Make sure that the connection between the printer and analyzer is done correctly Human ANE 324 19 15 Warning Signals Alarms and Flags Defect WARNING Possible alarms present in the WARNING Possible alarms in the system FATAL ERROR WARNING HARDWARE ERROR TIME OUT Cause and Remedy The Warning Signals Alarms or Flags do NOT stop the analyzer from working they only advise and register that there is an anomaly during operation such as Missing Wash Solution Missing Reagent Missing Sample etc When the Red Triangle is ON indicates a flag or a Warning Click on the Red Triangle to open a win dow that will display the flag or anomaly To know the reason of the flag go to Main tenance F8 in section of the flag there will be a WARNING displayed The WARNING FATAL ERROR is a warning of danger that will STOP the analyzer This can be generated from either Hardware or Software and will not allow the operator to proceed the analyzer will have to be turned OFF Should the problem persist when the analyzer is turned ON again use the Diagnostic Program to find the cause This massage blocks the Analyzer An error generated by the Hardware and will not allow the operator to proceed the analy zer has to be turned OFF The cause is due to the malfunction of the serial communi cation of the hardware Check the power supply voltage see chap ter 3 the T S Guide Check t
27. There are two similar Diluters in the system One for Sample pre paration and the other for Rea gent aspiration and dispensing The only difference between them is the size of their syringe Sample Diluter tipo4 6001 Reagent Diluter tipo5 1000ul Human A 202 15 2 Air Pump P N AYO121 02 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The Air pump generates an air flow necessary to dry clean the reaction cu vettes after wash as well as dry clean the two Probes after each operation Connections The Air Pump is controlled by the analyzer via a socket in the back of the analyzer AIR PUMP The air tubing is inserted into the air inlet marked AIR in the back of the analyzer The power plug in the air pump contains a fuse box with two fuses The fuse box serves also to change the power supply voltage to either 115V or 220V DOCUMENTATION AY0121 00 0 SC electrical diagram 145 01 0 5 electrical diagram 15 3 Cooling System P N AY0115 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This module generates a flow of cold air in side the Reagent Chamber to keep the Rea gents in their containers cool The Reagents in the Chamber are held at a temperature of 7 to 10 C below the ambient room temperature The module consists of a Peltier with two radiators and a fan system to circulate the cold air inside the Reagent Chamber and to dissipate the heat from the hot radiator surface Ger tena
28. after fix the screws 4 5 10 After having inserted this mechanics components check the correct operati on of the compression spring pressing the lever 6 11 Once that the mechanism has been repositioned well reassemble the eve rything starting in sequence from the reference electrode than Cl K Na and air bubbles detector at end to position the sample cup with its holder 2 then tighten the holding screws 1 12 Proceed to check the operation of ISE module as described above in graph 16 3 10 21 3 12 3 ISE Accessories Parts List CODE REF Figure 91 DESCRIPTION OTY MS1603 01 3 Sample cup 1 51606 01 7 Waste connector 1 51612 01 8 Compression spring 1 21 3 12 4 To substitute the electrical contacts in ISE control board 1 Remove the board as described in the 21 3 12 2 ISE control board and accessories replacement points 1 4 2 Unsolder the four wire C from the board see image on side 3 Remove the three screws holding the elec trodes connector from the solder side of PCB and take out it 4 Replace with original part code MC0198 01 and reassemble everything in reverse lt D 5 Check the operation of all contacts pres sing on the contact with a screwdriver and a verifying ifthe spring inside it work properly without impediments gt 69 Human A 370 FIGURE 97 21 3 12 5 Maintenance ISE pump Follow Figure 92 u
29. missing reading the display will show the message NR NO reading 18 Click on the gray colored area to close the test PROCEDURE TO CHECK SAMPLES ON THE PRIMARY TUBE Make surethatthe Sample tube has a legible Bar Code Label positioned vertically in the middle of the test tube see on the side Insert the test tube into position 38 on the Sample Tray II Be sure that label has Bewhole and readable Bean active code see 21 1 Bar Code Reader Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 345 19 Click on BarCode in the area Sample The Bar Code Test will be displayed on the monitor as shown on side Bar Code Code 128 Ween NE 20 Click on Init and wait some acoustic beeps that signalize the INIT of reader 21 Click on Scan and observe the direction of the Laser beam it should hit the Label exactly in the middle repeat the test if necessary rotate the assay Rea der 1 to align it and check again the reading See image on side DIRECTION LASER RAYS 22 Tighten the screws use a hex key 3 and 4mm and repeat the reading more times 23 case of a wrong or missing reading the message NR NO reading Its will be displayed 24 Click on any gray area to close the program when finished the testing procedure verify again the Bar Code Readings of both the Sample and Reagent 21 1 3 1 Replace the Bar Code Driver Board The flex cable P N Operation to be done with Analyzer tur
30. 0 ing this test i Before staring this test program program r the volumr into window u I example HOME P1 PUMP 2000 2000 e MOVE Arm to wash Click on P2 to activate pump and dispense Activate pump P7 to empty the programmed volume of 2000 ul waste receptacle During the execution of this To activat click P4 PUMP ens d ia tee Cl test activate the pump P7 to To stop pump click O empty the waste receptacle Click on MIXER to activate the mixing max time is 3 sec Human S Pen 252 17 3 4 1 Liquid Level Sensor for Samples 1 Dispense 600 ul of dist Water into a sample cup 2 Position the cup into position 1 on the sample plate 3 Execute a HOME Z HOME piatto and HOME Arm 4 Click Position and select Sample 1 5 Click on MOVE ARM to position itself on Sample 1 6 Click Level sensor below on left ofthe figure 7 Click on Go Level the Probe dips into the sample cup until it touches the liquid Sensor Test Threshold 20 Read Level Calib Quote Final Speed Mode Depth Pos mm 10 8 In the window Pos mm 10 is displayed a value in mm 10 which indicates the number of steps done by the Probe to detect the liquid See Figure below 9 Repeat the test to assure its reproducibility 10 Check that the value is about 290 30 11 Click on the grey area to end the testing of the level sensor 12
31. 2 6 3 Hydraulic Connections 2 7 ANALYZER COMPONENTS 2 7 1 Monitor 2 7 2 TOP View ofthe analyzer 2 7 3 Analytical Plate 2 7 4 Reagent Chamber 2 7 5 Reagent Arm 2 7 6 Sample Tray 2 7 7 Sampling Arm 2 7 8 Probe Washing Well 2 7 9 Sample and Reagent Diluter 2 7 10 Peristaltic Washing Pumps 2 7 11 Photometer Module Q N N RR 10 11 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 16 17 17 17 17 18 19 19 21 22 22 24 24 2 8 SOFTWARE 3 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N E10110 01 3 1 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS P N EI0107 01 3 2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY P N AY0097 04 3 2 1 PCB Power Distribution P N 17970 27 3 2 2 Transformer P N EM0050 01 3 2 3 PC Power Supply P N 17956 1 3 2 4 Power Supply 24V P N 17956 2 3 3 POWER SUPPLY BOARD P N 17970 7 3 4 POWER SUPPLY MAINTENANCE 3 4 1 To remove the Power supply 3 4 2 Replacement of the PC Power Supply 3 4 3 Main Power Switch Replacement 3 4 4 Fuse Replacement 3 4 5 To replace Transformer 3 4 6 Replace Power Supply 24V 3 4 7 Replacement of the Power Distribution Board 3 5 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 3 6 SPARE PARTS 3 7 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 3 7 1 EI0110 01 0 DW block diagram 3 7 2 EI0107 01 0 DW block diagram 3 7 3 EI0107 01 0 SC electrical diagram 3 7 4 17970 27 B SC electrical diagram 3 7 5 17970 27 A PM assembly drawing 3 7 6 EM0050 01 B SC electrical diagram 3 7 7 EA0067 02 0 SC electrical diagram 3 7 8 17970 7 A SC elec
32. 2 7 Analyzer Components 2 7 1 MONITOR HUMASTAR 300 can operate with every type of monitor CRT or LCD as long as it has a 15 pin VGA connector The monitor with the help of the graphic software will guide the operator step by step through all operations When needed click on HELP a detailed help page will be displayed 2 7 2 TOP VIEW OF THE ANALYZER RL Cuvettes washing station FIGURE 8 with 39 cuvettes and Built Photometer Top view Reagent Dispensing Arm Sample Dispensing Arm The operational system consists in Analytical Plate Reagent Chamber Sample Plate 2 7 3 ANALYTICAL PLATE The reaction plate consists in 39 quartz cuvettes immersed in a 37 C liquid bath A built in photometer and an automatic cuvette washing station for a non stop operation Samples are prepared incubated and measured directly in those cu vettes at 8 different wavelengths The continuously circulating water in the incubation bath is controlled by a built in thermostat to exactly 37 C 0 2 C Human EE CLL 18 FIGURE 9 Analytical System FIGURE 10 Reagent Chamber Analytical plate 2 7 4 REAGENT CHAMBER The reagent plate is devided into 30 compartments to contain 50 ml reagent bottles I cod 17950 S or 5 ml cod 17905 S by means of an adaptor cod 17906 5 Cooling can be selected individually each reagent by opening window to let forced cool air to penetrate For reagents at room temp
33. 55 JHL 2d aDL233NND3 Td 40L93NNO03 4 3311134 1515 09 10820093 AIINISSY JHL 218 10690083 OL 10 20093 DL 10 2500 3 3991104 119110 INFO 10 860093 201114 0 43 3afliva3dW3L 39Nvd I0 26003 431v3H 19914193713 IO EE 0 9 194 0 Ger tename User manual 219 A 220 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 221 16 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION To simplify the description and facilitate to identify the devices in diagram HY0012 01 the explanation of the hydraulics has been divided into four parts Some components will have numbers in parenthesis which are referred to diagram HY0012 01 16 1 Hydraulics of the Sampling System The Sampling System is divided into 1 Sample preparation Pump P1 17930 is connected in series to the sample syringe which fills the circuit with Washing Solution and wash the whole circuit including the inside of the probe after each operation Pump P4 17930 washes the sampling probe externally after each opera tion AIR Pump AY0121 02 dries the sampling probe externally Washing device 55 where the probe dips in to be washed internally P1 and externally P4 and dried by the AIR pump 2 Reagent dispensing System Pump P2 17930 connected in series to the R
34. EA0053 01 Fan for refrigeration system 1 EA0065 01 Main switch with filter 1 EA0067 02 Power supply PC 1 EA0072 01 Peltier devices for refrigeration system 1 SSS Ger tename User manual ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 335 17920 32 17970 31 01 280043 01 17970 12 17970 20 17970 21 17970 22 17970 23 17970 25 EMO038 01 17915 2 17950 17938 S 17916 S 910 001 032 Photometer lamp Level sensor board sampling probe Driver step motor for peristaltic pump Power supply board Optical sensor flag HOME cuvettes washing arm Driver step motor Driver step motor Driver step motor Driver step motor Driver step motor Mixer motor Rubber ring O ring for syringe N 4 and N 5 Optical quartz Cuvette reading box of 5 p Sampling probe reagent amp sample Sampling probe tubing Hard disk without program 20 17 Bar Code Reader Assembly P N AY0133 01 CODE 230 311 206 230 313 104 276 012 012 330 020 110 506 200 005 506 200 090 111 01 51063 01 DESCRIPTION Screw TCC M3x6 inox Screw TCC M2x4 Fix cable Jumper Driver bar code Flex cable Interface Bar code Bar code holder in PVC 20 18 KIT Bar Code Reader Samples P N KG0055 02 CODE AY0133 01 FC0068 01 FC0086 01 MS1074 01 112 01 DESCRIPTION Samples Bar code reader assembly Flat cable 20 pin Flat cable 10 pin Spacer Signals interface RS232 PRNERRRRRENNRPRRPRPRRU lt FF N U P
35. Take off the Magnet 5 and replace code N EM0027 01 Reassemble in reverse way MIRROR DIRECTIOI REAGENTS es aul Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 347 21 1 4 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE To solve some of the problems it will be necessary to use the Diagnostic Program Defect Found work no acoustic beeps Bar Code Reader does NOT work there is NO Laser beam Bar Code Reader does NOT read always correctly The magnet that moves the mirror does not work Causes and Remedy 1 2 Bar Code Reader does NOT 3 Hmm P 2 3 4 Check connection of flat cable FC0086 02 3 between the EB0175 01 board and bar code in terface EB0111 01 Check the correct jumper JP1 on EB0111 01 Make sure that the red LED on board EB0111 01 is ON if necessary replace the fuse F1 2 5A on the EB0180 01 board Check voltage 5V on TP1 EB0111 01 Replace board EB0111 01 Replace the Reader driver 506 200 005 Check as above Check if the cause is due to the Label Use a re ference Label If the problem persists check alignment of the Laser beam See 21 1 3 Bar Code Reader Opti cal Alignment Check voltage 12V on the EB0180 01 board by led DL1 is ON Make sure that the yellow LED DL2 on board EB0175 01 is ON with check box enabled Check connection between J8 of EB0175 01 and the magnet Check the efficiency of the mechanism of mir ror by checking if it has too friction Check
36. The probe descends all the alcohol and inside with a stainless steel wire way to the bottom but does NOT reveal the level ofthe Make sure that the syringe ppiston does NOT liquid or sometimes does not leak and is isolated from the diluter support reveal the Reagent level Make sure there is no foam inside the rea gent bottle or sample cup Make sure that the reagent bottle or the sam ple cup is TOO full Wash solution has too much foam and beco mes conductive Replace flat cable WC 0101 02 Replace board 17970 31 Prepare fresh Wash solution using fresh dist Water Probe enters jerkily intothe Check the GND connection of the cable liquid WC0101 02 Replace flat cable WC 0101 02 Replace board 17970 31 Make sure there is a plastic isolator that se parates the Probe from the mixer motor cam Level Sensor stops above the _ Replacethe cable WC 0101 02 liquid reagent or sample Clean the decoder disk use a soft brush and does NOT go down Replace board 17970 31 Replace the CPU slave board 17970 8 Rea gents or Sample System Human 174 To assure a rapid and efficient e technical service to the cli ents HUMAN suggests to keep in stock all the parts marked with When ordering parts make sure to include Code Number Description and Quantity The mixer does NOT work 12 3 Spare Part List Code Sub Code 17970 31 WC0101 02 Check the start ip PWR ON of th
37. co tea D muri 00000000 of 16084 fe 0 000 9 1 9g OT cr 1 Human AN 140 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 141 10 PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Function of the board control the stepper motor To vary the speed of the motor keep the motor under charge during standby A D D D r Block diagram 5V U2 DRIVER CWCCW EN L CK U H LOPWR DRIVER U4 INTERNAL CLOCK 24V POWER SUPPLY TO MOTOR DO NOT change the positions e ofthe jumpers Human A 142 Configuration of the hardware Table 9 indicates for each board the calibration voltages and position of the jumpers The figure below shows the disposition of the pumps inside the analyzer Documentation 4 PERISTALTIC PUMPS TO RINSE THE PROBE To avoid malfunction do NOT change the positions of these pumps When chan ging a pump or a PCB make sure to it has exactly the same identification number indicated on the on the board or on the pump assembly POMPA Version Disegno EB0033 03 A SC EB0033 03 0 PM EB0033 02 0 SC EB0033 01 A PM EB0033 01 A SC EB0033 01 A PM P1 P2 EB0033 03 P4 EB0033 02 P5 EB0033 01 Description
38. mm 10 16 31 MOVE 2 Activate pump P8 by clicking on to discharge the liquids to waste At the end of the test stop first P5 pump and then pump P8 by clicking on O Activate pump P6 only P6 PUMP To activate pump click 1 when the incubation To stop pump click O bath is full otherwise use the function TB Fill P7 PUMP To activate pump click At the end stop the To stop pump click 0 pump by clicking on O PUMP To activate pump click 1 At the end stop the To stop pump click 0 pump by clicking on O Click on TB Temp the temperature is displayed on its The display may vary TB Temp right within 0 5 C To fill the incubation bath with fresh bi dust Water TB Fill click on TB Fill it takes about 2 minuti if necessary repeat the incubation bath click TB Drain it takes about 2 3 minutes Click on Levels to update the flags colors label under the key as follows AWASH GREEN Level in the container is OK WASH RED Level in the container is below minimum LEVELS TBLOW sopra il massimo f f f TB HIGH Level min water in container for incubation bath WASTE Level min Was Solution container Level min of water inside the incubation bath Level max of water inside the incubation bath Level max contenitore HUman ANE 248 17 3 3 1 Photometer This test is to control Lamp alignement Control of filters and photometer stability Control of
39. plate containing 30 On line reagents with a choice to cool or leave the reagents at room temperature Sample Plate consisting of 4 segments each holding 10 primary tubes and 10 small plastic cups for automatic pre di lution The center of the plate is reserved for 4 STATS and 16 places for Standards and controls Analytical System consists of a reaction plate with 39 quartz cuvettes sitting in a liquid bath at 37 C A built in multi filter photometer measures the mAbs of the samples di rectly in the cuvettes A built in Wash system auto matically washes and dries the cuvettes after use for a continuous operation A reagent probe with a built in liquid level sensor aspirates the reagent and transfers it into the quartz reaction cuvette The Reagent is incubated in the liquid bath at 37 C for 90 sec During its incubation time it is measured this becomes the reagent cuvette BLANK for each test The Sampling Probe with its built in liquid level sensor and mixer aspirates and deposits the sample by mixing i into the warm reagent to start the reaction Both Sampling and the Reagent arms are automatically washed both internally and externally dried and are ready to prepare the next sample The 12 seconds operational cycle consists in Reagent aspiration dispensing and measurement Reagent Cuvette BLANK B Sample aspiration dispensing mixing a sample measurement C Afinal sample measurement and calculation
40. the piston does not move Causes and Renedies Check the start up voltage of PWR ON of the Reagent and Sampling Systems See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check Fuses 22 F3 on board EB0093 01 Check voltage 24V on 12 Replace board 17970 11 Replace the CPU slave board Reagents 17970 8 Replace the CPU slave board Sampling 17970 8 Not enough lubrification on moving screw if necessary lubricate witha few drops of very light oil Voltage 24V out of specification lt 20V check voltage 24V on J2 Replace CPU slave board Reagents 17970 8 Replace CPU slave board Sampling 17970 8 Replace the stepper motor see procedure in chapter 15 Make sure to have entered a value that was not 0 zero max 6000 in window ul Make sure to have done a HOME position to all the movements in the Diluter Ger tename User manual DILUTER DRIVER P N 17970 11 101 7 3 Spare Part List Code Sub_Code Description OTY 17915 Complete Sample Diluter Module 1 17916 Complete Reagent Diluter Module 1 17970 11 e PCB driver 1 0011 01 Stepper motor 1 7 4 Enclosed Documentation 7 4 1 17970 11 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 7 4 2 17970 11 C PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING To assure a rapid and ef e ficient technical assi stance to its clients HU MAN suggests to keep in stock all the parts marked with an When ordering parts make sure to include Code Number Description and Quantity HUman ANE 102
41. 1 2 1 4 115 8A F SWITCH J9 CBW4300 PUMP MP ENABLE VOLTAGE SELECTDR 5 FUSES LEBEND 2 1 210 Vac SAsF EAD066 01 EA0D066 01 ED065 01 SPS 20 020 012 Human A 46 39 d DL O3L93NN09 Di av 304 IVA SHOES Ndo 331N Sd 303 IVA SKE Ndo WArZ d3 D4 803 IvA 05 NALNO 2029093 Id d3 Dd 404 IvA 053 ISNYAL AA UND 3S WD IVA 0 2 LAJI Ger tename User manual 47 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 3 14 AWE VEC 1077 63 83 OL ik iii a i LJ 3 42 13 rww e d BZ I I gt gt gt 298 se e E ii SS i m INJO INVA 010500 3778 3J 3 3778 21 11 29A SHE v L 2 I L Z 092927 3573 8 40121115 LIDA 3 5 o1 Cd 218043 Ell 7 6 OL 107990053 107990053 10 101083 nan niam 40122125 LIDA 431113 Human SM peo oes WATE 545 H ed nreesH ov 107590093 48 AIR PUMP START SICNAL CONNECTED TO CONNECTED TO AIR PUMP 5 SP3 24V AUX FOR PRINTER J6 MONITOR FROM SECONDARY OF THE TRANSFORMER CONNECTED TO J2 MAIN SWITCH amp FILTER CONNECTED TO SPS PC
42. 2 3 4 6 1 TO REPLACE THE PC MASTER BOARD Disconnect the connectors from the keyboard mouse and the monitor Remove the two screws holding the board Disconnect the flat cables from the Hard Disk and the Floppy disk Disconnect the connectors from the serial and parallel ports Human ANE 196 5 Replace the board and reassemble using the operation in reverse Make sure that the flat cables are properly connected to the HD and the FD disks 14 6 2 TO REPLACE THE MULTI SERIAL BOARD 1 Disconnect the outside connector from the serial output 2 Remove the two screws holding the board 3 Replace the board and follow the operation in reverse 14 6 3 TO REPLACE THE HARD DISK AND THE FLOPPY DRIVER 1 Disconnect the power supply connector P4 HDD and the flat cable 2 Remove the screws that hold the plate with the HDD 3 Remove the plate with the HDD 4 Remove the fixing screws and replace the HDD 5 Disconnect the power supply connector P5 FDD and its flat cable 6 Remove the two nuts that hold the FDD plate to its support 7 Remove the screws that hold the FDD driver to its plate 8 Replace the FDD driver and follow the assembly in reverse Make sure that the flat cables are properly reconnected 14 6 4 TO REPLACE THE PASSIVE ISA BUS BOARD 1 Remove the PC board and the multi serial board See above 2 Remove the six nuts that hold the passive board 3 Replace the board following the operation in rever
43. 3 To Replace the Fans See Figure 39 It might be necessary to use 1 Follow procedure 1 and 2 described above in 15 5 3 1 Replacement of the e the old power supply cable complete Cooling System by means of cuts and soldering 2 Remove the four nuts 25 because the connectors might not 3 Replace the set of fans 21 with a new one Code EA0053 02 being compatible 4 Reassemble following the operation in reverse FIGURE 43 Disconnect the pump air tu 15 5 3 4 Air pump e bing from the analyzer and Remove the top panel of the air pump by unscrewing the four screws Remove disconnect its power supply the air pump Ger tename User manual MISCELLANEOUS 211 15 5 3 5 Replace the Transformer See Figure 40 1 Disconnect the power supply FIGURE 44 connector P1 that connects the transformer to the air pump motor 4 2 Disconnect the cables from the switch voltage changer 2 3 Remove the screws that hold the transformer 3 4 Remove the nut holding the GND cable of the transformer 5 Remove the nut that holds the transformerto its support Remove the transformer 6 Replace the transformer and reas gt semble following the procedure in 54 ANS 2 reverse For the cable wiring of the ae voltage changer switch see Figure 41 15 5 3 6 Replace the Air pump motor See Figure 40 1 Disconnect the P1 connector that goes from the FIGURE 45 transformer to the air pump motor 2 Unscrew the t
44. 6 Remove the peristaltic pumps assay from the analyzer Figure 82 7 Remove the pump from the holder plate 8 REPLACE TUBING 6 remove the screws 1 and take off the holder tubing 2 9 Replace the tubing 6 with original part after having inserted the joint con nector 5 pay attention to the version see 21 3 9 4 Hydraulics parts list 10 REPLACE ROTOR 3 loosen the screw 4 and to extract the wheel pay at tention do not to lose the spacer 10 11 REPLACE PUMP DRIVE BOARD 8 disconnect the pump connector than re move the screws 9 and take out the PCB 12 Reassemble everything following the reverse procedure 21 3 12 6 Pumps Accessories Parts List CODE REF FIG 20 3 8 DESCRIPTION QTY TU0074 01 6 Pump waste tubing 1 TU0175 01 6 Pump Cal A tubing 1 MC0199 01 3 Pump rotor 1 Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 371 MS1621 01 5 Pump joint connector in steel 1 EM0045 03 7 Pump motor 1 MS1619 01 2 Tubing holder 1 EB0161 05 8 Waste pump drive board 1 EB0161 06 8 Cal A pump drive board 1 21 3 13 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE In some case it may be difficult to calibrate the ISE Module especially if it is not used daily However it is easy to check and redo the calibration from the Main tenance F8 program It is possible to clean and wash several times the electrodes and proceed to calibrate without a problem Go to Maintenance F8 program Sample System and proceed as follows 1 Activat
45. 93 CPU LPU 2 4 E eekebevtansverssrstenekennrennnn ti LM JJ 171017 MIC Corparerrte mounted Human A IB rm 94 Ft Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 95 A 96 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual DILUTER DRIVER P N 17970 11 97 7 DILUTER DRIVER P N 17970 11 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This PCB commands the stepper motor of the Diluter which transforms the screw rotation into a linear movement of the syringe Led 01 is ON indicating the presence of the 24V power supply The mechanical ZERO position of the screw is obtained when both signals HOME e and SYNC are aligned Signal SYNC is obtained by means of a disc with a split fixed on the screw and an Opto OC2 The correct position of the SYNC is when LED D2 is ON The HOME signal is obtained by a flag fixed on a support that moves along the linear screw and an Opto OC1 When the flag is aligned with the Opto it generates the signal HOME and LED D3 is ON In block diagram are shown the two timing of HOME and SYNC that determine the mechanical position of ZERO This is when the HOME signal is on logic level LLH and signal SYNC is on LLL d Human A 98 FIGURE 29 Nominal Voltages FIGURE 30 Setting jumpers Ger tename User manual Block diagram 24 5 V C
46. At the end of the test click on HOME Z HOME Plate and HOME Arm to position all moving parts into HOME Level Sensor Test nn Read Level Calilb Quote Final Speed Mode Depth Pos mm 10 Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 253 17 3 4 2 Sample Bar Code Reader optional The reader is ac F UPC EAN e tive for the fol G Code 39 lowing codes H Interleaved 2 5 Codabar J Code 128 is reserved to identify the sample Rack Follow step by step the following test 1 GAR N O Position a primary tube with a Bar Code lavbel into position 38 inside the Sample plate The BAR_CODE reader uses Click on Bar code to open the test window See figure on the side e a laser system avoid to Click on HOME Z and HOME Plate look directly onto the laser Click INIT and make sure you hear three beeps beam Clic SCAN verify that the Bar Code identification number displayed is the same as that printed on the test tube lable In case of no reading or a false reading the display will indicare NR NO reading 8 Click on the grey area to end the test on the Bar Code reafer Bar Code 012345678905 17 4 PrintMeth Exe Program to save the personal data such as Methods Standards Controls Pro files and the Qualita Control data onto a floppy disdette or onto the hard disk of the analyzer If necessary the saved data can be printed Start Procedure 1 Turn On the anal
47. Code Number Description amp Quantity P N KG0019 04 166 050 050 276 012 010 276 012 016 310 009 009 930 020 016 17941 AY0136 04 EB0171 01 TUO148 01 MS1046 01 TU0074 01 TU0077 01 0164 01 AY0136 04 161 035 004 161 035 016 161 035 021 230 311 260 232 151 201 230 311 208 MS1008 01 230 341 208 0238 02 0238 01 0202 05 MS1438 01 TU0179 01 TU0098 02 0170 01 AY0202 05 MA0199 01 EB0181 02 0202 05 10089 01 805 004 012 805 004 009 805 004 008 805 004 007 DESCRIPTION KIT complete ISE module Adhesive tape to power supply I 90 Adhesive wire cord clip Adhesive tubing clip Serial cable Power supply Level sensor cap for Cal A container Assembly drawing ISE module Dis P9 Serial adapter Aspiration tubing CAL A Silicon Container 250 mL Connecting tubing waste container Aspiration tubing CAL A Teflon Power supply cable Assembly drawing ISE module Calibrator 250 ml Calibrator 125 ml Cleaning solution 125 ml Screw TCC M4x12 Indented washer for M3 Screw TCC M3x8 Pump holder Screw TPSC M3x8 Calibrant A pump Waste pump ISE Module Tubing connection ISE waste tubing Joint tubing for ISE Pump connecting cable ISE Module ISE board Identification label Connecting label Bubble detector assembly Cl electrode Na electrode K electrode 10 lt PP N N BPP PP PPP EPR P PPB assure fa
48. Code Reader 1 AY0133 01 See Figure 77 Reagents and Samples Bar Code Human A 342 Procedure to be car e ried out with the Ana lyzer turned ON and Tester program loaded 21 1 3 BAR CODE READER OPTICAL ALIGNMENT 1 Click in sequence PWR ON HOME Z and HOME PLATE of both the Rea gent and the Sample Systems REAGENTS CHECK PROCEDURE Make sure that the Reagent Bottle has a legible label with the correct Bar Code in front see picture on the side Insert the bottle in position 1 Int of the Reagent Plate Be sure that the label Is not damaged and readable Is not larger than the reagent plate window Has a valid barcode see 21 1 Bar Code Reader Click on BarCode of the Reagent system The mirror CHECK BOX Mmust be disabled See image on the side The Bar Code number will be displayed in the Bar Code field as shown in the image on the side Click on Init and wait for the beeps that signal the reader INIT Center the bar code assembly 2 by moving it a little 5mm to the left or to the right Click on Scan and adjust the mir ror 1 Figure 78 with the hex screw 4 use a 1 5mm hex key until the Laser beam hits exactly the middle of the Bar Code Label of bottle 1 see image on the right and Figure 79 if necessary move slightly the Reader Assembly 2 Figure 77 e 9 11 88 Ger tename User manual OPTIONA
49. Divides the power supply of 5V through fuse F1 Divides the power supply of 5V through fuse F1 Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 83 SERIAL MASTER CONNECTED INTERFACE MOZA CONNECTED TO EB0045 01 CONNECTED TO EB0045 01 CONNECTED TO EB0045 01 Block diagram R3232 12232 CTS232 RTS232 DTR232 24 POWER ON Up BUFFER ur LEVEL SEMSOR us EB0112 01 c c c KE ES CONTROLLER FILTER WHEEL ON OFF AIR PUMP us INPUT SERIAL BAR CODE option PUMPS amp DILUTER 04 SAMPLING PROBE amp LEVEL SAMPLES PLATE LEVEL 5 THERMAL CHAMBER LEVEL 5 CONTAINER CUVETTES PLATE PROBE amp FILTERS MOTOR To ADC CONVERTER ANALOGIC VOLTAGE FOR ADC THERMAL CHAMBER SENSOR PUMPS amp DILUTER D2 SAMPLING PROBE amp LEVEL 5 REAGENTS PLATE Human 84 FIGURE 24 Clock Signal U9 terminal TP6 FIGURE 25 Clock Signal U3 terminal TP5 TABLE 7 Nominal Voltages FIGURE 26 Level Sensor Signals FIGURE 27 Visible Liquid Level Sensor voltages 0 25 us 0 005 4 2 Item 1 2 3 4 Test point TP2 TP3 Pin 1J24 Pin 4124 7 0 5 LLH 3ms 4ms LLL Range From 11 0V to 12 5V From 4 75V to 5 25V From 22V to 24V From 22V to 24V All Voltages are referred to GND AGND TP1 Ref 1 2 Termina
50. E activate the PUMP click on key STOP the pump click on key 0 Before running this test position Before starting this test enter the volume HOME in window le 2000 u I P2 PUMP an Wash Click 2 activate the pump dis ense the programmed volume of 2000ul P prog E liquid to Waste During th ti f this test To activate the pump click on key _________ P4 PUMP activate pump P7 to move the To stop the pump click on key 0 Ze liquid to waste MIXER Click on key MIXER to activate the mixer fixed time 3 sec HUman ANE 242 17 3 2 1 Reagent Liquid Level Sensor 1 Dispense 40 ml dist Water into container place into the Reagent plate in position 1 Execute in succession HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Arm Click on Position and select Bottle 1 Execute MOVE Arm to position the Reagent Arm on Bottle 1 Click on Level sensor see figure below Click Go Level to lower the Reagent probe into the bottle until it touches the liquid Level Sensor Test Cali Quote Final Bottle 160 790 Speed Mode Depth 2 Bi Ss le Pos mm 10 Vol ul 4 IE In window Pos mm 10 and Vol ul are shown the values found as shown in figure below To repeat the test click on HOME Z and then on GO Level Make sure that the values
51. Excel Controls txt 181 Eile Modica Visualizza Inserisci Formato Stument Dati Finesta 2 Acrobat ima xo c Arial Stampa HP LaserJet 1100 8 Paz 18 818 m D Lot Expire Code ContrNormal 240 SNCM 31 08 04 ContrPath 236 SE 31 05 05 17 5 SatSmith exe This program enables to activate and de activate some special functions of the analyzer and to modify some specific parameters Doubleclick on SatSmith exe and wait until the program is loaded and the image on the right is displayed The colored options are those presently in use The display shows eight fuctional areas vv SATSMITH Ver 2 00 2 Em Options r Level Settings Program Features p Water Blank r Reagents LockSystem Wash Solution Highest ShutDown Reagents Bottle 30 High AutoRun C Predilution Bottle Medium C Low Password r Host Comm Speed Y Lowest Change Baud Rate 19200 Reagent Probe Threshold Highest Barcode r Protocol f High Samples ASTM nenn Reagents s Lowest Exit Bi TEST PROGRAM 257 Program Features LockSystem Disables the specific keys on a Windows keyboard including the combination of more keys ShutDown Enables the automatic switching OFF of the analyzer at the end of a working cycle Auto
52. F8 board 17970 7 Check on TP15 15V and TP6 15V board 17970 19 if necessary replace it Connection to GND is missing replace the pre amplifier board 18720 8 Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 133 The output signal from the pre amplifier is NOT stable Absorbance measurement using the Diagnostic program varies within 2 mAbs out of range The operating program signals FATAL ERROR after having given an in termittent acoustic beep Probable Cause missing SYNC signal from Photometer module Photometer lamp is about to burn out chan ge lamp Check the stability of the lamp voltage of 11V Check the stability of the power supply on TP15 15V and TP6 15V board 17970 19 Replace the pre amplifier board False contact or an oxidized connection bet ween the lamp connector and the power sup ply board 17970 10 Clean with alcohol and if necessary replace it A leak in the quartz window inside the incu bation bath Replace it and make sure there are no leaks Repeat the checks as above Execute a Water blank using filter 340 nm filter 1 Select the box to measure Absorbance con tinuously at 340 nm Click on Read One to start the measure ment Make sure that the Absorbance mea surement is within the specified range of 2 mAbs Replace photometer lamp Align Home Sync of the Photometer Replace board 17970 19 Check the start up PWR ON
53. Ger tename User manual 61 VALVES P N 17970 24 INTERFACE PUMP 4 Sd 94 d A ANNA 5 43 or Vi Ara Marian nee 62 ILU Ponpe PI P4 03 ET i viel JEZJER 4 Ger tename User manual INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 63 5 3 3 Human 64 PUMP DILUTER DILUTER P1 01 02 24 2 Campioni Samples 24 24 RTN H r 24 4 P3 24 24 RTN Reogents Reogenti PUMP PZ Cuveties 24 24 a Cuvetle PUMP 5 n Ger tename User manual INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 65 Human A 66 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual POWER SUPPLY PHOTOMETER LAMP P N 17970 10 67 5 POWER SUPPLY PHOTOMETER LAMP P N 17970 10 Technical Description The function of this board is to generate a stabilized voltage of 11V for the Photometer lamp The output voltage can be adjusted with PR1 Item Test point Range TABLE 3 1 TP2 Input voltage from 23 5V to 24 5V Nominal Voltages 2 TP3 From 10 5 to 11 5 Adj PR1 All voltage are referred to GND TP1 Documentation 17970 10 A SC electrical diagram 17970 10 A PM assembly drawing
54. Program F8 the malfunction will be indicated in red WARNING in the column Result Once the malfunction has been eliminated the analyzer remains in a Standby position and ready to be programmed for the daily workload To monitor the correct operation between the user interface and the modules a check is made every 3 min and visualized as follows HH MM SS Auto check OK To access the control menu go to the Maintenance Program F8 To make a check click its CHECK BOX Mand then clock START gt Before performing the requested check an additional consensus will be reque sted It is possible to request several checks at the same time they will be performed in the sequence they have been ordered by the CHECK BOX M 18 2 1 REAGENT SYSTEM During Analyzer initialization the first four checks are automatically performed The remaining checks can be requested by the operator or when necessary in case of a malfunction in the Reagent System with a WARNING A Reagent System Set Action Time Result Instrument On Line C Init Hardware C Fill Hydraulics _ Wash Probe Init Code Reader Test Diluter C Test Liquid Sensor C Pump ON Pump P4 OFF C Test Pump P2 Home Z Axis _ Home Plate C Home Arm Home Diluter On Reagent _ Arm On Cuvette LJ Arm on Wash C Mixer On 5 sec gt Checking Work Executor Wait gt Ger tename User manual MAINTENAN
55. Rotate the movement screw 28 using the a screwdriver and lower the de vice into the cuvette 6 Holding the Arm rotate the encoder disk 7 until the yellow LED DL3 is lit on the encoder board 6 7 Tighten moderately the holding screw of the encoder disk 7 8 Remove device D 5 and insert the probe 9 Verify the electronic alignment of the arm see 18 6 2 1 Check Electronic Ali gnment If necessary repeat procedure Human A 290 Operation to be done e using the Tester exe Operation to be done e with Tester exe Figure 54 shows the positi e on of flag 3 inside the Opto of Home 4 when the alignment is done correctly FIGURE 62 18 6 3 REAGENT CHAMBER 18 6 3 1 Verify electronic alignment 1 Click in sequence on PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Arm HOME DIL in section Reagents Insert a reagent bottle into position 1 In section arm check select Bottle 1 in men Position and e click MOVE ARM In section check probe enter 200 in space mm 10 decimals of millime ter and click MOVE Z to lower the probe Click MIXER and make sure that during the rotation the probe does not touch the collar of the bottle 6 Click HOME Z HOME ARM to reposition the probe Home If necessary verify also the Arm alignment see 18 6 2 1 Check Electronic Ali gnment or execute the alignment of the Reagent Chamber see 18 6 3 2 Alignment of the Reagent Plate
56. Rotor P3 7 P8 1 2 Detach the two pump tubing from the manifold press simultaneously the clips on the side of the rotor and remove it from the motor axis Figure 41 Insert the new rotor and press until the clips click Note replace the rotor with an original part including its tubing P N 17933 3 Reatach the pump tubing Ger tename User manual HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 225 16 5 2 6 Replace the water filter on pump P6 1 Drain the incubation bath see 15 5 2 1 To empty the hydraulics of the Ther mostat and incubation bath Detach the input and output of the filter Replace the filter Note pay attention to the direction of the arrow printed on the filter Figure 42 16 5 2 7 Replace Valves V4 and V5 The first part of this procedure has to be done with analyzer ON 1 om Drain the incubation bath see 15 5 2 1 empty the hydraulics of the Ther mostat and incubation bath Remove the tubing Remove the three screws that hold the pump support to the analyzer base Remove the clip that holds the valve to its magnetic part Rotate the assembly 90 and remove the tubing from the valve Replace the valve proceeding in reverse To connect the tubing refer to the hydraulic diagram HY0012 01 SIN 01102 PUMP gt FIGURE 48 16 5 2 8 Replace Pump P4 Drain the incubation bath See 15 5 2 1 To empty the hydraulics of the Thermo stat
57. Segnal serial data transfer DL6 Rosso Serial clock signal DL7 Giallo Segnal HOME SYNC in AND JP1 ADL JP2 ADH JP3 TST Board Description Device Layo Ref Software P N EB0120 01 Encoder PIC16F84A U1 PD0053 01 DOCUMENTATION 120 00 0 5 electrical diagram EB0120 01 0 PM assembly drawing Human AN 162 11 2 Maintenance Remove the outside covers See 18 Maintenance Operation to be done with 11 2 1 REPLACEMENT OF THE ENCODER BOARD analyzer turned OFF 1 Remove the two connectors J1 and J3 if mounted from the encoder assem bly 5 P N EA0076 xx o EA0044 xx 2 Remove the loose connector P1 from the driver module P N 17970 20 23 only EA0076 xx The replacement procedure 3 Remove screws 6 Take out the encoder board In order not to damage the ofthe board is the same for disk follow the indication of the arrow as shown in the figure below all the models The mechanical 4 Replace the board and reassemble following the procedure in reverse In replacement of the complete as sert the sembly or the encoder disk 4 5 Connectors into their correct positions see the General Maintenance Legend Ref Description Motor Assembly Spacer Fixing nut Encoder disk Encoder board Screws OI QO N Make sure to replace the board always with exactly the same model and Code as in dicated on its identification la bel The board replacement does not require an
58. V4 ON Read 510 nm 2 Valve V4 OFF Read 546 nm 2 Valve V5 ON Read 578 2 Valve V5 OFF gt 12 08 41 PM AutoCheck OK 7 gt B11 22PM AutoCheck OK In order create malfunctions proceed as follows 1 Valve V4 ON OFF Make sure that pump P6 is working if necessary activate Pump P6 ON 2 Pump P5 ON OFF turns ON and OFF the pump It expels Wash Solution aspirated from the Wash Solution Container When finished testing 3 Pump P6 ON OFF turns ON and OFF the pump that supplies the bi distilled make sure that Pump P6 water for the incubation bath If necessary activate Fill Incub Bath Do not is ON and the container with activate this pump without water for more then 5 min it may ruin the pump bi distilled water is full Human A 272 18 3 Deviced for maintenance Table 13 displays the devices that are available upon request and are necessary for checking and mechanical alignment ofthe Analyzer FIGURE 49 T 67 65 aome
59. Washing the inside of cuvettes Operation to be done using the Maintenance Program F8 Cleaning the Cuvettes Internally 1 Fill a clean Reagent Bottle with 40 ml of EXTRAN Neutral or any Lab deter gent used for glassware and place it into position 1 on the Reagent Plate 2 In Maintenance F8 from Measurement System activate Clean All Cu vettes 18 2 3 Reaction and Measurement System Checks 3 The program will automatically fill all cuvettes with 500 ul of the detergent leave it for 15 min at 37 C and then wash all cuvettes with Washing Solu tion To Wash the Cuvettes internally 1 In Maintenance F8 from Measurement System activate Wash All Cu vettes 18 2 3 Reaction and Measurement System Checks 2 The program will automatically wash all the cuvettes using the standard Wash Solution 3 If after the wash cycle there are traces of water residue on the bottom of the cuvettes proceed to eliminate as described in 18 7 2 1 Check alignment of the Washing Arm Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 307 FIGURE 73 Bottom View Measurement System FIGURE 74 2 Bottom View Measurement System Human AN 308 FIGURE 75 Side View Measurement System 18 8 Programmed Maintenance 18 8 1 DAILY CHECK 1 when turned ON the analyzer executes the following operations Filling all the Hydraulic lines all the tubing are filled with Wash Solution and the Re
60. a pre dilution cup Human EE Pe 20 FIGURE 12 Sample Tray Ger tename User manual PREDILUTION CUP PRIMARY TUBE SAMPLE SEGMENT 14 PLACESFOR 0 STANDARD AND CONTROLS The central part contains 14 positions for Standards and Controls plus 14 for pre dilution cups 4 positions for STATS plus 4 pre dilution cups 2 positions for ISE Calibrator B and a Clean solution for the electrolytes RACK A RACK B RACK C RACK D For primary 17960 1 17960 2 17960 3 17960 4 tube 10ml For primary 17961 1 17961 1 17961 1 17961 1 tube 5ml The segments are available for primary tubes of 16x100 and 12 5x75 mm The pre dilution cups are available from HUMAN Code 18720 31 Sample ID can be programmed manually using a Bar Code Reader or an optical pen THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 21 2 7 7 SAMPLING ARM The sampling Probe is connected to the Diluter to aspirate the sample to be ana lyzer from the Sample Plate and transferred into the reaction cuvette and mix it with the warm reagent The sampling Arm moves to several positions FIGURE 13 Sampling Arm Toallthe sampling positions in the Sample Plate the pre dilution liquid bottle Tothe Reaction Cuvettes Tothe Washing well ISE module The Sampling Probe has a built in liquid level sensor to detect the presence of the sample in its tube Should the level of sample be inadequate it will FLAG the massage of Mi
61. about 400 ul when calibrating 3 Cleaning Solution Used once or twice a day depending on the number of samples to be run It is used to clean the electrodes and prevent protein build up It is used as a sample and the daily consumption is about 400 ul 4 Urine Diluent Required for Urine samples only Urine must be diluted 1 10 The dilution is done automatically on the Analyzer in an OFF Line mode 21 3 8 THE ISE MODULE PARTS The module is supplied with the following parts 1 Four Electrodes Cl and Reference 2 Pump PA transfers the Calibrator A through the electrodes 3 Pump PW empties the electrodes channel after each sample and carries liquids to Waste 4 The liquid of discharges is automatically eliminated into the container of the Analyzer 5 The three methods Sodium Potassium and Chlorine don t require program ming The Samples and Reagents volumes are automatically checked from ISE module and Master PC connected between them by means a serial line connected through the ISE module and the Master PC of Analyzer A PUMP TUBING TU0175 01 1 42 G 5 lt 41 Cl FRONT W 1 43 Ref PUMP TUBING 10074 01 41 I 39 Important the Module has to be installed in factory or by Crony authorized per sonnel The electrodes once installed will perform for a period of 6 month
62. and incubation bath 1 Redcable 2 Black Cable Human LTT n TR 226 1 Disconnect the two power terminals type faston Remove the pump tubing Remove the two screws 1 that hold the pump Figure 42 4 out the pump 5 Reassemble The pump is polarized pay attention when connecting the two terminals See the image on the side 16 5 2 9 Replacement of pump motors P3 P7 P8 1 Disconnect the two tubing from the manifold and remove the pump rotor 2 Remove the three screws that hold the pump support to the analyzer base and rotate them 90 3 Remove the four screws and take out the pump motor 4 Replace the motor and reassemble 16 6 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems it is necessary to use the Diagnostic Test Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect Causes and Remedies Make sure that the tubing leading to the thermostat are full of liquid Make sure there are no air bubbles both inside and outside of the thermostat Pump P6 became very noisy Make sure that the Fill and the Drain of the incubation bath is done within its spe cified time Check the efficiency of valve V4 Replace the water filter Replace the pump Ger tename User manual HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 227 The time to fill the incubation chamber
63. bing connections from Diluter to the Probes Check the Syringe piston for leaks Dirty cuvettes clean with detergent and then with wash solution Cuvettes are not washed properly check the Washing Arm Make sure there is no residue in the cuvettes after wash Make sure that the Air pump works properly Make sure that the Cuvette Washing Probe does not leak Make sure that the cuvette washing probes are well centered inside the cuvettes Make sure that the liquid drainage works properly Check the stability of the photometer lamp if necessary change it Check the temperature stability of the incubation bath Make sure that the reagents are freshly prepared 19 8 Preparation Problems Defect Found Diluter does NOT start When Syringe piston is Causes and Remedy Syringe piston does Not move Check it using the Maintenance Test moving The moving parts need lubrification Use a there is a mechanical noise tiny quantity of oil Check tubing connections and the syringe piston Diluter does NOT aspirate Probe not connected properly dispense Probe is blocked clean Wash Solution container is empty Syringe and piston deteriorated Make sure there is Wash Solution in the container Hydraulic tubing is not filled properly Check for piston leaks or badly held tubing connections Remove syringe clean it or replace it Ger tename User manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 319
64. connector with good detergent used for laborato ry then rinse everything several time with Bl distilled water FIGURE 96 21 3 12 2 ISE control board and accessories replacement Follow these operations if there has been a leak of liquid through the elec trodes channel or because some components are damaged see Figure 91 Fist of staring this procedure it s necessary to purge the hydraulic circuit of ISE module for empty the electrodes channel see 21 3 12 1 Replace Elec trodes points 1 2 Take out all the electrodes and air bubbles detector Remove the ISE module from the measuring holder assay of the analyzer see 21 3 9 1 Assemblies ISE Module and Pumps REPLACE ISE CONTROL BOARD 12 remove the four screws 9 and take out the cover 10 Unscrew the four knob 11 and to extract the PCB when remounting the PCB make sure that the terminals of the air bubbles detector is well inserted into the connector to six ways mounted on the PCB 12 REPLACE SAMPLE CUP 3 remove screw 1 take out in sequence the holder 2 and sample cup 3 Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 369 7 REPLACE WASTE CONNECTOR 7 and SPRING 8 remove the screws 4 5 to take out the lever 6 8 To extract from the top the waste connector 7 and spring 8 9 Reassemble in order spring 8 waste connector 7 on support 13 than to insert the lever 6 through the hole 14 on the waste connector 7
65. cuvettes Valve V5 17940 in series with Pump P8 when activated empties the thermo stat and the incubation bath into the container WASTE 61 DOCUMENTATION HY0012 01 D CM Hydraulic diagram pag 1 out of 4 HY0012 01 D CM Hydraulic diagram pag 4 out of 4 HY0012 01 D CM part list pag 2 out of 4 HY0012 01 D CM part list pag 3 out of 4 In the next section is described the maintenance operation of the parts descri bed in section 14 1 4 with the exception of Thermostat and the AIR pump For details on those two items see section 13 16 5 Maintenance Remove the outside covers of the analyzer see section 18 Maintenance 16 5 1 GENERAL RULES For maintenance both ordinary and special please refer to the General Mainte nance in this section as Preventive Maintenance For a proper operation of the Analyzer the following maintenance operation have to be done Replace all peristaltic pump tubing change photometer lamp change sam pling syringe Ger tename User manual HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 223 Clean the incubation bath and the thermostat as described in the mainte nance Table Check the recycling inside the incubation bath pump P6 and Valve V4 Make sure that both the filling and the drain of the incubation bath are done pro perly within the 2 to 3 min if necessary change the water filter at the ent rance to pump P6 16 5 2 PERISTALTIC PUMPS 16 5 2 1 Replacement of a peristaltic pu
66. electrical diagram assembly drawing electrical diagram assembly drawing electrical diagram assembly drawing e Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 143 Range Current Position of jumpers JPX Version Adj Clock ms Adj Description TABLE 10 mV A J ims O Open C Closed 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 7 EB0033 01 500420 0 5 gt 1 6 lt 1 8 C 12 PumpP5 600Hz 1 gt 0 95 lt 1 05 EB0033 02 500 20 0 5 PRI PR2 O C 1 2 Pump P4 1000Hz 0033 03 1000 20 1 PRI EXT C O O 2 3 Pump P1 P2 LED Colore DLL Red 5 V power supply 012 Red 24 V power supply DL3 Green Enable Note Procedure to calibrate pump volume of P5 cuvette wash After having adjusted the frequency as shown in Table 9 1 7 ms Check pump volume It should pump 50ml of dist Water in 90 seconds 2sec if necessary adjust with PR2 10 1 Linear Pump Driver P N EB0122 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The function of this board is to generate a square wave of 50 Hz to excite the magnet of the linear pump P6 The quartz Y1 generates the clock of the ucontroller U1 which via O1 controls the pump P6 Human X SA eee 144 Block diagram 24 V 24V ui T Q1 TIMING Q1 p ud CONTROLLER DRIVER M gt 19 lt 21 ms 11 Des
67. eng 5000000000 o D ue ue 9000009000 o 3 000000009 OLE Human A 122 GQ rev MOTORE ne 1 C3 Zeg D ue 229 Q 5 gt 9 Eu TH Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 123 69 MOTORE 2 2 9 Kal lt 1 15 00000000 D H Q ENABLE amp ADJ LP ADJ 6 v 000000 JARE nl A 124 L 1 15 ic D us zo oms Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 125 3 MOTORE ENCODER GO ENABLE amp ads LP Saa celi 1 5 00000009 9191019191919 rm or EP eooooooooo GLEZ R2 RB 0 R1 D mr o m m Ps 4P2 m m m h i iP Pol JP sme Su Human A M 126 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE O
68. manually the motor fan Check the voltage 230 or 115 Vac of the AIR PUMP If necessary replace the board 17970 27 Make sure that the LED DS8 functions properly on the board 17970 7 when turning the AIR pump ON OFF If necessary check pin 2 J9 a voltage of 5V OFF and 0 ON Check operation of the CPU slave board 17970 8 ex change with another board Replace board 17970 9 Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 41 3 6 Spare parts Code AY0097 04 Sub_Code 17970 7 17970 27 17956 1 17956 2 EM0050 01 EA0065 01 680 010 300 680 010 216 680 010 225 680 010 250 Description Power supply assembly complete with 17970 7 board Power supply board Power distribution board PC power supply Power supply 24V Power Supply transformer Switch with filter Fuse F7 F8 0 5 A b 5x20 mm Fuse F1 F6 1 6 A b 5x20 mm Fuse F2 F3 F4 2 5 A 5x20 mm Fuse F5 5A 5x20 mm U N N P H RPP PP To assure a rapid and effici e ent technical service to its clients HUMAN suggests to keep in stock all the parts mar ked with the symbol 9 Order requests have to have the fol lowing information Part Number or Code Description and Quantity 42 Fuse int 250 5x20 mm per 680 010 250 2 230 Vac Fuse int F8H250V 5x20 mm 115 EAGGBE D Power cord with AUX socket for AIR PUMP WC0066 01 P
69. motor 15 and from the encoder board on the driver board EB0092 06 8 Remove the holding screws 18 and sup port 2 9 Loosen the two screws 14 hexa key 3mm and move the whole assembly in order to loosen the upper belt 1 Replace belt 10 with original one king sure that the teeth are perfectly cou pled with the pulley 11 11 Insert the ball bearing 8 positioning it with the hole 6 in axis with pulley 11 12 Tighten screws 7 hexa key 3 mm Operation to be done with e Analyzer turned OFF FIGURE 63 A 292 Operation to be done with e Analyzer turned OFF FIGURE 64 13 Pull the support 16 to tighten belt 10 and tighten screws 14 hexa key 3 mm 14 Rotate manually the pulley 14 to check that the ball bearing is rolling freely and without impediments 15 Reassemble the support 2 with screws 18 to the base 19 16 Reconnect the wiring of motor 15 and the encoder onto the driver board EB0092 06 At the end check the alignment of the Reagent Plate as described in 18 6 3 2 Alignment of the Reagent Plate 18 6 3 4 Replace belt and motor in Reagent Chamber Replace Belt 1 Loosen the hexa screws and nuts 12 of the motor 15 Figure 56 2 Loosen the belt 13 and replace it with an original part 3 Pullthe motor 15 to tighten the belt 13 and lock the screws and nuts 12 4 Align the Reagent Chamber as describ
70. nodule and reassem 5 i ble following the operaration in reverse Ger tename User manual MISCELLANEOUS 207 15 5 2 3 Replacing the heating element 1 Follow the description above for FIGURE 40 Replacement of Thermostat 2 Remove the two contacts from connector P1 3 Remove screws 11 to remove the cover 1 4 Remove the nuts 4 that hold the heating element 2 Replace the element including the O ring and cords 5 Replace the cover 1 making sure to find the right reference points and close with screws 11 6 Insert contacts into connector di agram EA0098 01 enclosed docu mentation 7 Once the thermostat is reassem bled proceed to check it as descri bed above for Fill Liquid Bath 15 5 2 4 Replacing the Temperature Sensor See figure 36 1 Proceed to Drain Liquid Bath as desribed above and turn OFF the analyzer Remove screws 9 to remove the temperature sensor 3 To remove the cords remove connectors P1 and P2 from connector J11 of 43 01 and 126 of EB0046 01 boards Replace the sensor 40098 01 Close the thermostat with screws 9 and reinsert the connectors Turn On the Analyzer and proceed to Fill Liquid Bath as described below Check the temperature inside the cuvette with 500 ul of dist Water and proceed to to adjust the incubation temperature as described in General Mous Maintenanmce 15 5 2 5 To Fill the Thermostat and Incubat
71. of sample max 13 characters First name max 16 characters Second Name max 12 characters Age Sex 0 Female 1 Male Time entered Comments max 22 characters Type of sample see table start Test name ASCII 176 Test name max 6 characters End Test name ASCII 167 Checksum hexadecimal Carriage Return ASCII 13 OD Each Test has to have always an initial and an end character Each area has to be separated by the symbol ASCII 124 HEX 7C 17 7 6 TRANSFERRING RESULTS TO HOST COMPUTER HeadChar is R and the DataRecord is structered according the following table ID Patient 1 Last Name 2 First Name Age Sex Entry time Parameters Succepted Values Length Empty Alphanumeric 13 characters Empty Alphanumeric 16 characters Empty Alphanumeric 12 characters Empty Alphanumeric 2 digits 0 Female 1 digit 1 Male HHMM format 4 Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 263 Comments Empty Alphanumeric 22 carat 0 Serum Plasma 1 digit Type of Sample 1 Urine 2 CSF Test Name Alphanumeric 6 carat 1 To repeat 2 digits 0 OK 1 Result lower then Normal Range 2 Result higher the Normal Range 3 Optical Density out of Range 4 Reagent Blank out of Range 5 Substrate Depletion Type of Result 6 Kinetic measurement non linear 7 Standard not available 8 Error in test Log Logit 9 Negative Result 10 Result o
72. of the cuvette proceed as below 5 If the Probe is perfectly centered inside the cuvette execute a photometric measurement of all the filters making sure that the values obtained are within the required specs paragraph 18 4 3 Replace Motor and Belt if necessary re align the photometer lamp paragraph 18 4 3 Replace Motor and Belt 6 Loosen the screw of the encoder disk inside board 16 so that the disk is under friction hexa key 1 5mm Figure 67 7 Use the pulley 45 Figure 67 to move the Cuvette Plate to the exact cen ter of the Probe 8 Rotate slowly the encoder disk until the yellow LED and 017 is lit on the encoder board 16 9 Repeat procedure from 1 to 4 as above 10 Tighten lightly the holding screw of the encoder disk Human E XM A I M 300 FIGURE 68 If the incubation chamber is e full of bi distilled water pro ceed with operations 1 through 3 In the contrary go to point 4 11 Proceed to run a photometric measurement on al filters If the values ob tained do not enter the specs 18 4 3 Replace Motor and Belt re align the photometer lamp 18 4 2 To Equalize and Replace Filters Mechanical Alignment Operatios to be done using Tester exe 1 Click on PWR ON on all sections 2 Click on Cuvette section on TB Drain to empty the incubation chamber 3 When incubation chamber is empty turn OFF t
73. on modules 17970 20 23 Check voltage 24V on J1 board 17970 26 Replace damaged 17970 20 23 Replace CPU slave board Sampling 17970 8 Replace Mother board 17970 26 Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 113 Cuvette Washing Probe and cuvette plate do NOT move Photometer Filter wheel does NOT move Check the start up voltage PWR ON of the Cuvette measuring System see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check if red LED is ON DL1 24V on the driver modules Check fuse F1 on modules 17970 20 23 Check voltage 24V on J2 board 17970 26 Check voltage 24V on J1 board 17970 26 Replace damaged modules 17970 20 23 Replace CPU slave board Cuvette System 17970 8 Replace Mother board 17970 26 Replace Mother board 17970 26 Check the start up voltage PWR ON of the measuring System see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Check if red LED is ON DL1 24V on the driver modules Check fuse F1 on module 17970 20 Check voltage 24V on J2 board 17970 26 Replace board EB0092 04 Replace CPU slave board Cuvette System 17970 8 Replace Mother board 17970 26 Replace microcontroller U3 PD0042 01 on 17970 8 Replace microcontroller U3 PD0044 01 on 17970 19 Human ANE 114 To assure a rapid and effici 8 6 Spare Part List ent service to its clients HUMAN suggests to keep in Code Sub Code Description OTY 17970 26 Mother board control motor 1 stock all the par
74. reading check the correct value of temperature dis played on the monitor Human ANE 86 6 4 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of symptoms and problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect There are NO FLAG WARNINGS on the following Liquid Level inside container for the Incubation bath AWASH Liquid Level inside Wash soluti on container WASH The flag AWASH e WASH work perfectly on Mother Board but program does not give any WARNING The flag AWASH e WASH work perfectly on Mother Board but program does not give any WAR NING NO flag WARNING on Max Liquid Level inside Incubation Bath TB HIGH Flag TB HIGH works on Mother Board but program does show the WARNING Causes and Remedies Possible that the sensors AWASH and WASH are damaged Remove the sensor connector and check the continuity of the sensor electrode Check the continuity connection between board 17970 9 and the sensor connector Replace the sensor Check fuse F1 Check on J7 5V pin 1 2 3 4 Check power supply PC 17956 1 if neces sary replace see section 1 Replace board 17970 9 Most probably the CPU slave board Cuvet te Measuring System is damaged Replace U1 board CPU 17970 8 Replace board 17970 9 Possibly sensor damaged inside Incubati on bath Remove connector P1 of cable WC0099 01 and check if red
75. tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 239 The first operation is to activate PWR ON to supply 24V to the circuits with the same command are transferred to the CPU slave the Test parameters for the Reagent System IMPORTANT The tests can be run only after all the moving parts of the Reagent System are in position HOME Each time a command is given the particular name of the System becomes RED in this case Reagents at the end of the test it returns to be black Once a Test has been programmed no other commands will be accepted in any case avoid to activate other tests not to create malfunctions Utility of the Reagent System Parame we Command ter Description Warning Para graph Cuts the voltage of 24V to all modules in the Reagent System Activates the power of 24 V to all modules PWR ON in the Reagent System and loads its wor king parameters Enables command HOME of Probe If in PWR OFF HOMER HOME position it will repeat the operation Enables command HOME of Reagent plate anorg 4 Ifin HOME position i twill repeat the 2 HOME P vs operation Enables command HOME of Reagent Arm Before running this TEST posi 1 HOME ARM If in HOME position i twill repeat the tion the Probe and the Reagent reel operation plate into HOME position Enables command HOME of Syringe piston If in HOME position it will repeat the 2 LUTER 16 3 1 HUman
76. the right voltage Indicated by the symbol V Remove the power cord and extract the fuse container 17 3 4 5 TO REPLACE TRANSFORMER 1 Disconnect connectors FIGURE 22 J4 from board 5 see Figure 20 disconnect cables from connectors J1 J3 from board 8 see Figure 21 2 Remove container 6 take out screws 20 see Figure 22 3 Unscrew nut 5 that hold the transformer 3B to the base use hexa key 13mm 4 Remove disk 3C and the isolation disk 3A 5 Replace the transformer and reassemble in re verse as described above Ft Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 37 3 4 6 REPLACE POWER SUPPLY 24V FIGURE 23 1 Disconnect from the power supply 12 connectors P1 P2 see Figure 23 2 Remove screws 14 and remove the board 3 Replace the p s board and reassemble in reverse Make sure that connector P2 is inserted with its three red wires on the right side of the board 12 See the electrical diagram 0107 01 5 3 4 7 REPLACEMENT OF THE POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD 1 Disconnect the connectors from the board 8 see Figure 21 2 Remove screws 9 and board 8 3 Replace board and reassemble in reverse 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of possible problems and how to solve them In order to identify some of these problems it is necessary to use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS
77. this time the electrodes channel comes filled with solution and only when the signal of detector changes again to about 4 V the waste pump is deactivate In this way the sector A of electrodes channel is empty while the next sector B is completely filled The flag output signal TP13 is adjusted by PR1 when the electrodes channel is completely empty its value is set about 4V Trarefers the Flow sample channel and _ sample cup Sample cup full and flow channel empty Sample cup empty flow channel A empty flow channel E full Air BUD oes detector Sample tube Input Sam ple tube Input Sample tube Input Sample tube Input Flowchannel Flow channel TO WASTE PUMP TO WASTE PUMP TO WAST EPUMP Flag High Start ISE Flag High p air bubble purge bubble 1 TP13 d TP43 4 time Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 357 21 3 4 PERISTALTIC PUMP DRIVE P7N EB0161 05 06 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION To drive the motor To enable the motor to turn To vary speed of the motor To break off the power during standby operation To protect the Input line of 12V by means of fuse F1 against current over load Block diagram EB0161 XX 12 V U1 MICROSTEPPING MOTOR DRIVER Q1 ENABLE CK Human A 358 HARDWARE CONFIGURATION Table 19 3 3 shows the voltage values of the stepper mot
78. v Select Item OS Select For DRAM gt 64MB Non OS2 Fl Help PU PD Modify Report No FDD For WIN 95 Yes F5 Old Values Shift F2 Color F Load BIOS Defaults F7 Load Setup Defaults When finished introducing the data press ESC to return to the Main Menu Human A TT 192 4 Select CHIPSET FEATURES SETUP and enter the parameters as shown below ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2ASKKAK9 CHIPSET FEATURES SETUP AWARD SOFTWARE INC Auto Configuration Enabled Current System Temp 31 C 87 AT Bus Clock CLK2 4 Current 1 Speed 5113 RPM L2 TAG RAM Size 8 CPUcore 2 80 V CPUi o 3 28 V DRAM Timing Normal 3 4V 3 28 445 5 02 V SDRAM CAS Latency s 3 12 V 11 85 V 12 V 11 81 V Pipelined Function Enabled 5 07 V Graphics Aperture Size 64 MB DRAM Data Integrity Mode Disabled Memory Hole At 15 16M Disabled Host Read DRAM Command Mode Bypass AGP Read Burst Enabled ISA Line Buffer Enabled Passive Release Enabled Delay Transaction Disabled Primary Frame Buffer All VGA Frame Buffer Enabled ESC Quit i Select Item Data Merge Disabled F1 Help PU PD Modify IO Recovery Period 1 us F5 Old Values Shift F2 Color F6 Load BIOS Defaults F7 Load Setup Defaults When finished introducing the data press ESC to return to the Main Menu 5 Select POWER MANAGEMENT SETUP enter parameters as shown be
79. voltage of the Cu vette System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Activate rotation of the filter wheel and check the ON OFF of the LED SYNC on driver 17970 23 Make a mechanical alignment of the HOME signal and the SYNC of the Photometer Check the variation from OV to 5V on pin 3 of U3 17970 8 Replace the Opto Sync 17970 13 Replace board 14970 23 Replace U3 17970 8 Human ANE 134 During operation program signals FATAL ERROR after having given an in termittent acoustic beep Probable cause missing signal HOME from Photometer module During operation program signals FATAL ERROR after having given an in termittent acoustic beep Probable cause The photometer filter wheel does NOT turn Check the start up PWR ON voltage of the Cu vette System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Activate rotation of the filter wheel and check the ON OFF ofthe LED HOME on driver 17970 23 Make a mechanical alignment of the HOME signal and the SYNC of the Photometer Check the variation from OV to 5V on pin 6 of U3 EB0046 01 Replace opto Home 17970 14 Replace board 17970 23 Replace U3 17970 8 Check the start up PWR ON voltage of the Cu vette System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Make sure that the LED 24V is ON on modu le 17970 23 Missing jumper on JP6 on board 17970 23 Make a mechanical alignment of the HOME signal and the SYNC of the Photometer Replace bo
80. zero 24 Click to select Filter 1 and press Move Filter 25 Click on CHECKBOX M on the right and then on Read One to activate the continuous reading with filter 340nm 26 Adjust knob ADJ Horizz to maximize the value indicating in READINGS Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 277 27 Loosen screws or 4 and rotate the ADJ Vertic 1 or 2 and maxi mize the value displayed in READINGS Lock the blocking screw If necessary repeat the alignment to obtain an optimum value that is between 39 000 e 60 000 28 Click on CHECKBOX M to block the continuous reading 29 Repeat WATER B and check all the other 7 filters that the values are within the required 39 000 60 000 30 Disconnect the lamp from its power supply board and connect the second lamp for alignment Wait about 5 min to stabilize the lamp 31 Repeat operations from 13 above to align the second lamp When finished turn OFF the analyzer and reinsert the side panel TP3 mV Counts A D Trasmission mAbsorbance 1000 1 5000 65535 100 0 2 4580 60030 91 6 38 1 3 3810 49937 72 6 118 4 3000 39321 60 221 8 5 2000 26214 40 397 9 6 1000 13107 20 698 9 7 500 6553 10 1000 8 250 3276 5 1301 9 100 1310 2 1 699 10 50 655 1 2000 11 5 65 5 0 1 3000 18 4 2 TO EQUALIZE AND REPLACE FILTERS This procedure is to be done using the Tester exe When maximizing the va lue at 340 nm and the other filters are below or above t
81. 00 Clinical Chemistry tests plus 180 ISE tests per hour FIGURE 2 2 2 Main Characteristics HUMASTAR 300 is an automatic Random Access Clinical Chemistry analyzer fully controlled by a MASTER computer industrial Pentium and three CPU slaves Smart operation where allthe required test for Patient 1 are processed before starting on Patient 2 with an immediate print out ofthe Patient report Speed 300 test h independently of method used including 180 electrolytes with the built in ISE module Human A SAMPLE CAPACITY 40 PRIMARY TUBES or small plastic sample cups including 16 places reserved for Standards and Controls plus 4 places for STATS Possibi lityto add samples continuously during operation up to 240 Patients with up to 30 different chemistries can be processed at a time REAGENT CAPACITY 30 On line reagents Both 50 ml reagent bottles and 8 ml reagent tubes are placed in the Reagent plate Each reagent container can be individually cooled or left at room temperature REAGENT VOLUME Is automatically monitored with an On line inventory The number of tests available in each reagent container is displayed on the monitor OPEN SYSTEM an unlimited number of user programmable Chemistry and Im munoassay methods can be programmed AUTOMATIC PRE DILUTION OF SAMPLES upon request with 15 different dilu tion ratios BAR CODE READER built in to identify the samples and or reagents optional WALK AWAY OPERA
82. 007 805 004 008 805 004 009 17903 10 805 004 012 MS1438 01 TU0045 02 TU0098 02 Power supply Electrode control air bubbles only on request Calibrator 250 ml Calibrator B 125 ml Cleaning solution 125 ml Calibrant A pump with tubing Waste pump with tubing ISE module without electrodes Reference electrode Electrode K Electrode Na Electrode Pump connecting cable Electrode control air bubbles only on request Tubing connection ISE waste tubing Join tubing for ISE 20 22 Devices for Maintenance P N KG0070 01 CODE MS1126 01 51127 01 51129 01 51131 01 MS1132 01 MC0161 01 51133 01 51135 01 51130 01 MC0162 01 MC0169 01 MS0314 01 REF DESCRITION D 1 Cuvette extractor D 2 Device to center the washing probe into the cuvettes Spacer of 2 mm to sampling probe D 5 Probe to align sampling arm D 6 Device to align analytical plate D 7 Probe declogger D 8 Alignment SYNC of encoder disk D 9 Spacer to adjust the cuvettes washing arm D 10 Spacer to adjust HOME diluter Friction device for pulley to align the D 11 analytical plate with spring D 12 Device to align SYNC of encoder disk D 28 Interference filter extractor 2 le ANE 338 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 339 21 OPTIONAL MODULES This Chapter describes Optional
83. 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The transformer T1 becomes a gal vanic separator and has two prima ries both at 230 and 115 Vac Primary 1 2 230 115 Vac Secondary S1 S2 18 0 18 Vac Secondary S3 48 Vac Secondary S4 230 Vac DOCUMENTATION EMO0050 01 B SC electrical diagram 3 2 3 PC POWER SUPPLY P N 17956 1 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Module 17956 1 is a PC power supply inside it contains a PCB EBO104 02 that generates a delayed voltage 150ms of 5V to supply some u controllers The Power Supply has the following voltages 5V 0 25 stabilized for the compu 27 x ter board 4m ge 5V 0 25 delayed stabilized for the digital circuits le 5V 0 25 stabilized Not used 12V 1 stabilized for the refrigera tion module u Processor and the PC computer 12 1 stabilized for the multi serial PCB DOCUMENTATION EA0067 02 0 SC electrical diagram m 22 2 2 Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 31 3 2 4 POWER SUPPLY 24V P N 17956 2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This module is supplied from the se condary 230V transformer EM0050 01 and supplies the stabilized 24V for the motors and to the power supply of the photometer lamp 3 3 Power Supply Board P N 17970 7 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The function of this board is to To supply 24V to the stepper mo tor circuits by means of the anal
84. 01 P N EA0075 01 13 1 MAINTENANCE 13 2 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 13 3 SPARE PART LIST 13 4 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 13 4 1 EB0086 00 0 SC electrical diagram 13 4 2 EA0071 75 00 0 SC electrical diagram 147 147 147 147 147 157 159 162 162 163 164 165 165 165 165 165 171 172 172 173 174 174 174 174 179 179 180 180 181 181 181 14 COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N 199 01 185 14 1 COMPUTER PC MASTER P N 17889 186 14 2 PASSIVE BOARD 6 SLOT ISA BUS P N 17810 7 187 14 3 MULTI SERIAL PORT P N 910 002 031 188 14 3 1 Check and the configuration multi serial board parameters 188 14 4 CONFIGURATION OF BIOS 190 14 5 TO INSTALL SOFTWARE FROM CD ROM TO HARD DESK 193 14 5 1 To Save the SW Archives 194 14 5 2 Preparation HW 194 14 5 3 Update SW 194 14 5 4 To Restore HW 195 14 5 5 To Restore SW 195 14 6 MAINTENANCE 195 14 6 1 To Replace the PC MAster Board 195 14 6 2 To Replace the multi serial Board 196 14 6 3 To Replace the Hard Disk and the Floppy Driver 196 14 6 4 To Replace the passive ISA BUS Board 196 14 7 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 196 14 8 SPARE PART LIST 199 15 MISCELLANEOUS 201 15 1 DILUTER P N AY0069 05 201 15 2 AIR PUMP P N AYO121 02 202 15 3 COOLING SYSTEM P N AY0115 01 202 15 4 THERMOSTAT P N AY0131 01 203 15 5 MAINTENANCE 203 15 5 1 Diluter 203 15 5 2 Thermostat 206 15 5 3 Cooling System 208 15 6 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 212 15 7 SPARE PART LIST 213 15 8 ENCLOSE
85. 012 ON Check fuse F1 Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 01 Replace board EB0033 01 Replace the CPU slave board cuvette system 17970 8 Check the start voltage PWR ON of the measuring cuvette system See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 24V on J6 DL2 ON Check fuse F1 Make sure that the LED is flashing on driver board EB0122 01 Replace U2 Replace the CPU slave board 17970 8 Ger tename User manual INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 59 Pump P7 does NOT start Pump P8 does NOT start Valves V4 and V5 do not start Diluter D1 does NOT work Check the start voltage PWR ON of the measuring cuvette system See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 24V on J6 DL2 ON Check fuse F1 Check the resistance of the motor should be about 25 ohm if necessary replace Make sure that LED DL7 is ON if necessary replace board 17970 24 Replace the CPU slave board 17970 8 Check the start voltage PWR ON of the Sampling system See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 24V on J2 DL12 ON Check fuse F3 Check the resistance of the motor should be about 25 ohm if necessary replace Make sure that led DL11 is ON if necessary replace board 17970 24 Replace the CPU slave board of Sampling System 17970 8 Check the start up voltage PWR ON of the Cuvette system See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check the voltage 24V on J6 DL2 ON Check fuse
86. 068 01 WC0082 01 WC0084 01 WC0085 01 WC0086 01 WC0037 01 WC0089 01 WC0091 01 WCO0090 01 WC0092 01 WC0095 01 WC0098 01 WC0105 01 910 004 004 20 13 Motors CODE 0011 01 0023 01 0025 01 0028 01 179955 7 179955 8 179955 4 36 01 0038 01 179955 6 179955 5 17937 0050 01 144 01 17940 0052 01 756 030 010 From 9 EB0043 01 to J8 80101 01 Signal cable for Air pump From J16 EB0046 01 to MC0163 01 From J24 EB0046 01 to J12 EB0043 01 From J10 EB0043 01 to P1 Refrigeration sy stem From 16 80093 01 to 17 EB0043 01 J2 098 01 J1 80099 01 From 12 80093 01 to 18 EB0043 01 J1 98 01 From J12 EB0093 01 to P3 D2 P2 From J11 EB0093 01 to P8 D1 P1 From J10 EB0093 01 to P6 V4 V5 P5 P7 From J5 EB0043 01 to J1 EB0054 01 From J4 EB0093 01 to J6 EB0043 01 J2 99 01 From J11 EB0043 01 to J6 EB0046 01 0131 01 From J4 5 AY0097 04 J1 EB0046 01 P8 9 nector back plane power supply master PC Power supply for CD ROM driver optional DESCRIPTION Dilutor motor Peristaltic pump motor P4 P5 Peristaltic pump motor P1 P2 Sampling arm motor rotational Reagent plate motor rotation Reagent arm motor rotational Analytical plate motor rotation Filter wheel motor rotation Mixer motor Sample plate motor Sampling probe
87. 18 6 3 2 Alignment of the Reagent Plate 1 Run all the operations as described in 18 6 3 1 Verify electronic alignment Loosen slightly the holding screw of the encoder disk 2 hexa key 1 5mm Move manually the Reagent Plate by moving the motor pulley and position the Reagent Bottle exactly under the Reagent Arm Rotate manually the encoder disk 2 until the yellow LED DL3 and DL7 are lit on the encoder board 17903 53 1 Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 291 5 Tighten moderately the holding screw of the encoder disk 2 6 Repeatthe procedure to check the alignment as described in 18 6 3 1 Verify electronic alignment 18 6 3 3 Replacement belt Reagent Chamber Remove all the reagent bottles from the plate The Reagent Chamber consists in the following parts see Figure 55 Figure 56 Support reagent bottles 1 Holding screws Analyzer chassis Cooling Module Remove screws 5 that hold the reagent plate 1 to support 3 use hexa key 3 mm If necessary remove cover 6 and the bottle separators 7 Figure 55 3 Remove the reagent plate 1 from above 4 Remove the connecting screw 17 between the ball bearing and the terminal of ground use hexa key 2 5mm 5 Remove screws 7 that hold the ball bea ring 8 to support 2 and to the cog wheel 9 use hexa key 3 mm Figure 56 6 Remove the ball bearing 8 7 Remove the connections from
88. 2 version Pumps amp valves manifold Peristaltic pump P1 P2 Peristaltic pump P4 Peristaltic P5 Complete photometer module Complete Bar code reader optional Complete power supply module Thermostat Refrigeration module Cuvettes Washing arm 1 version Cuvettes Washing arm 2 version Air pump Analytical chamber Analytical plate 20 9 Connectors and Hydraulic Accessories CODE MA0064 01 MA0064 02 17917 17915 1 17916 1 256 010 009 MS1071 01 MS1072 01 A01120 01 17953 A01120 01 01121 01 01121 01 50885 01 0128 01 MC0177 01 176 01 DESCRIPTION Syringe holder with Syringe amp piston N 4 500 ul Syringe holder with Syringe amp piston 5 1000 Syringe holder Syringe with piston N 4 Syringe with piston 5 Rubber ring O ring Fixing screw for piston nylon Isolating washer nylon Connector IN pump P1 P2 Connector OUT pump P1 P2 Connector IN pump P4 Connector OUT pump P4 Connector IN OUT pump P5 Manifold assy AYO117 01 Washing station Air probe for cuvettes washing arm AYO172 01 e 0200 01 wash Probe cuvette washing 0172 01 1 10 gt N HUman ANE 332 219 01 Wash Probe for cuvette washing arm AY0200 01 1 17933 3 Rotor for pump P3 P7 P8 1 MC0024 01 Rotor for pump P1 P2 P4 P5 4 17934 Kit Pump tubing for P2 P5 4 p
89. 30 min 3 Insert the thermometer into the Re agent bottle and measure its tem perature 4 The temperature of the water should be about 8 10 C below that of the ambient temperature The cooling system and the tempera ture will depend on the number of Rea gent bottles present and the volume in those bottles If the cooling is not within the specs check as follows 1 Ambient temperature is below 25 2 An excess of dust has accumulated and is blocking the cool air from circula ting 18 6 Preparation System The Preparation System consists in both 1 Reagent System 2 Sampling System Human A 284 Some of the operations 18 6 1 SAMPLING ARM VERTICAL MOVEMENT PROBE have to be done using the This procedure is valid for both the Reagent and the Sampling Arms Diagnostic Program Tester exe 18 6 1 1 To Check Electronic Alignment 1 Remove the Probe from its Arm 2 Click on PWR ON on both Systems Reagent and Sample 3 Click in sequence on HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Arm HOME Diluter on the specific system 4 Atthe end of homing introduce the spacer device D 3 Figure 41 to check the distance between the front panel 1 Figure 50 and the support of the Probe 2 if necessary proceed as follows FIGURE 58 18 6 1 2 To Align the Probe into Home Position 1 Remove the Probe and unscrew the tube 2 Remove screws 15 then remove the Arm cover 14
90. 4 24 99 jojo jessar St MAA Sy MAA j3d L dl 50 24 7 0 DINODB dl 382 FIGURE 104 Pump stepper motor drive Assembly drawing Components side motor run TP 0 8V with JP16 2 3 EB0161 06 d PB alIBI 0 4 1103 15 off Soldering jumper side SS Ger tename User manual 383 OPTIONAL MODULES FIGURE 105 Serial adapter Electrical diagram Ind 33893 INOOH 5 4 350 DL 03193NND2 XL 312 SrIFNI eg Sr gasn LUN 6 D 9 5 p 2 D au v t 2 ERIC 2 01 031594407 u O DDH 384 FIGURE 106 Serial adapter Assembly drawing Ft Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 385 A HUMAN Gesellschaft f r Biochemica und Diagnostica mbH Max Planck Ring 21 65205 Wiesbaden Germany Tel 49 6122 9988 0 Fax 49 6122 9988 100 eMail human human de www human de Human Pees
91. 5 connector LED Red Green blinking indicates that there s a TX RX serial transmis sion via the serial port DOCUMENTATION EB0171 01 0 5C Serial adapter board Electrical diagram see 21 4 Documen tation EB0171 01 0 PM Serial adapter board Assembly drawing see 21 4 Documen tation 21 3 6 POWER SUPPLY FOR THE ISE MODULE After having installed the electrodes the module must be always ON even when the analyzer is turned OFF The ISE electrodes have to be kept moist at all times even during standby Every 30 min a small quantity of Calibrator A is being pumped through by pump PA Figure 81 to calibrate and be ready to operate Check periodically the liquid level of the Calibrator A in the container at least one control weekly Insert the power plug from the module located in the back of the Analyzer di rectly into a socket of 230 or 115Vac 21 3 7 REAGENTS AND SOLUTIONS NEEDED The ISE Module for operation requires the following 1 Calibrator A Reagent is used both as Wash Solution and as one point ca libration after each sample Daily consumption is about 24 ml in operation with included 100 samples to day for Na K e Cl in 8 hours of work plus 16 hours 3 in stand by position Human E A 360 FIGURE 86 Connecting diagramm Pr 2 Calibrator B calibration only is used as a second point calibration It is used as sample recommend running daily Consumption
92. 52 01 EEPROM U2 3 PD0011 01 Programmable Device U5 3 PD0012 02 Programmable Device U7 3 17970 9 Mother Board T PD0040 01 Programmable Device U1 U5 1 PD0042 01 Programmable Device U3 1 PD0041 01 Programmable Device U4 1 680 010 225 Fuses F1 2 5A 1 assure a rapid and efficient e technical service to its clients HUMAN suggests to keep in stock all the parts that are marked with When Ordering parts make sure to include Code Number Description and Quantity Human ANE 90 6 6 Enclosed Documentation 6 6 1 EB0045 00 B SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 6 6 2 17970 8 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 6 6 3 17970 9 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 6 6 4 17970 9 B PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 91 Mupp rS Ubb LD 21313 oe SEN 2 pg E m d crcut snort closed l 42 o ice 128 L To Tr To To Tv Te 8253173333 iii 26ZSNI422010r 23242020 102 839 Ad Az 22 34272 dau Sa Human A IB rm 92 H U3 10012 02 TE Wee e 01 Ko flod An as ue 2 p O 20 Di coe 221 PC 5 EZ idi SS Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02
93. 6 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3A 3C 4C 4A 5C 5A 6C 6A 7C 7A 8C 8A 9C 9A 10C 10A 11C 11A 12C 12A 13C 13A 14C 14A 15C 15A 16C 16A 17C 17A 18C 18A 19C 12V AGND P30 1 70 71 72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2 P34 P80 P81 P82 P83 P84 P85 POO P01 P02 P03 P04 TX232CA RX232CA HOME DCA SENSOR LCA HOME PRCA HOME PICA HOME BRCA SYNC DCA SYNC 0 SYNC 1 SYNC 2 CLKCA B CLKCA E PACA E MIXERCA ONC CA PR CWCA D CWCA BR CWCA CWCA E PRCA Power supply 12v Ana logic GND Transmission Data Line Receiving Data Line Flag Home Diluter D1 Samples Signal Sensor Sample Li quid Level Flag Home Sample Probe Flag Home Sample Plate Flag Home Sampling Arm Flag Sync Diluter D1 Sample Signal Clock Signal Clock Enable Start Pump P4 Enable Mixer Enable Air Pump Direction Sample Probe Direction Diluter 01 Sample Direction Sampling Arm Direction Sample Plate Enable Up Down Sample Probe Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 81 38 19A 5 PWR_ONCA 39 20C I2CSDACA 40 20A P07 I2CSCLCA 41 21C P92 42 21A PAO 43 22C 1 44 22 2 45 23 46 23 PA4 47 24C PAS 48 24A PA6 49 25C PA7 50 25A PBO E_DCA 51 26C PB1 E P1CA 52 26A PB2 E BRCA 53 27C PB3 E PICA 54 27A PB4 D LOWCA 55 28C PB5 P1 LOWCA 56 28A PB6
94. 6 01 Block diagram WASHING ARM VERTICAL MOVEMENT FILTER WHELL ROTATION MOVEMENT SAMPLES ARM ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT SAMPLES PROBE nn VERTICAL MOVEMENT SAMPLES PLATE ROTATION MOVEMENT 17970 22 17970 23 17970 20 17970 21 FIGURE 32 We highly suggest NOT e to modify the positions of the modules When re placing use modules with the same codes indicated in front of each module SAMPLE FILTER WHEEL PLATE STEPPER MOTOR STEPPER DRIVE PCB MOTOR DRIVE PCB WASHING SAMPLING SAMPLING ARM ARM PROBE STEPPER STEPPER STEPPER MOTOR DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE MOTOR DRIVE PCB PCB PCB Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 107 JP1 Closed FIGURE 33 Settings jumpers DOCUMENTATION 17970 26 A SC electrical diagram 17970 26 A PM assembly drawing 8 2 M B Motor Control P N 17970 26 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The function of this module is to interface the drivers that control the stepper motors in the Sampling and the Cuvette measuring Systems The Interface has the following characteristics 1 J2 input 24V for driver modules J3 input signals from cuvette plate activated via transition into driver mo dule on J6 J4 input from reagent Arm via the transition of driver module J8 vertical move men
95. 70 17 17970 18 17970 20 17970 21 17970 22 17970 23 17970 25 17970 32 179955 10 156 01 Optical sensor flag HOME reagent Optical sensor flag HOME High cuvettes washing arm Optical sensor flag HOME analytical plate Driver step motor reagent amp sample arm analytical amp sam ple plate Driver step motor sampling probe reagent sample Driver step motor filter wheel Driver step motor cuvettes washing arm Driver step motor reagent plate Optical sensor flag of HOME sampling probe Optical sensor flag of HOME reagent plate Optical sensor flag of HOME sampling arm new 20 3 Cable Kit Master Computer P N KG0058 01 CODE 910 002 062 910 002 063 910 002 065 910 002 066 20 4 Fuses CODE 179955 1 179955 2 680 010 150 680 010 216 680 010 225 179955 1 680 015 216 DESCRIPTION OTY HDD cable 1 FDD cable 1 Parallel port cable printer 1 Keyboard amp mouse cable 1 DESCRIPTION OTY Fuse switch 250 5x20 mm for 230 Vac 2 Fuse switch 250 5x20 mm for 115 2 Fuse 0 5A 5x20 mm 2 Fuse 1 6A 5x20 mm 9 Fuse 2 5A 5x20 mm 5 Fuse 5A 5x20 mm 1 Micro Fuse 1 6A 3 20 5 Programmable Devices CODE PD0011 01 PD0012 02 PD0052 01 DESCRIPTION GAL 16V8 U5 EB0045 02 GAL 16V8 U7 EB0045 02 EPROM U2 EB0045 02 Human As 330 PD0044 01 Microcontroller PIC U3 089 01 PD0053 01 Microcontroller PIC 01 EB0072 01
96. 800 Predilution max 700 module ISE max 250 clean cal B max 180 Do NOT go over the Maximum allowed Sample max 350 Reagent max 800 1 cuvette max 590 1631 wash max 400 Primary tube max 800 Predilution max 700 module ISE max 250 clean cal B max 180 Before running this test bring 1 Probe into Home position 16 3 1 Before running this test bring 1 Probe and Plate into Home posi San tion Before running this test bring 1 Probe into Home position 16 3 1 Before running this test bring Probe and Plate into Home posi tion Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 241 This test activat d d en Bee running this test bring ARM rotation starting from HOME position 1 TEST ARM Probe and Plate into Home posi Enter the number of cycles into window 16 3 1 REAGENTS TESTS REPEATS This test the Diluter Piston t MOVE an er e GC orun Maximum value that can be 3 3000 this test enter the volume into window DILUTER entered is 6000 uL 10 16 3 1 uL 10 This test activates a programmed ran 3 TEST em Mas ON Maximum value that be DILUITORE 3000 volume is entered in window ul 10 and entered is 6000 10 16 3 1 for a number of cycles indicated in REA H GENTS TESTS 5 run the AIR PUMP test activate at the same time PWR ON and AIR in the Cu Atth d key O to th AIR PUMP vette and Sampling Systems
97. 915 1 syringe with piston Syringe holder valve cod 17917 O ring cod 17915 2 FIGURE 16 Diluters panel front view Human ANE 24 FIGURE 17 Peristaltic Pump 2 7 10 PERISTALTIC WASHING PUMPS Below the Diluters are built in four peristaltic pumps controlled by the CPU sla ves Their function is P1 washesthe inside of the Sampling Probe P2 washesthe inside of the Reagent Probe P4 washes the outside of both of the above Probes P5 washesthe reaction cuvettes 4 PERISTALTIC PUMPS TO RINSE THE PROBE 2 7 11 PHOTOMETER MODULE Multi filter photometer with built in 8 narrow band interfe rence filters conceived to assu re maximum sensitivity and ac curacy to measure the samples directly in its reaction cuvettes The following are the 8 stan dard wavelength filters 340 674 020 005 380 405 510 546 578 620 and 700 nm 2 8 Software The HUMASTAR 300 software has been divided into 8 parts in order you make it easy and user friendly for the operator all smartly enclosed in a book form Detailed information and procedures are described in the Operator s Manual Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 25 A 26 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N 10110 01 21 3 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N EIO110 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This Block Diagram is the basic guide to fi
98. ABLE 8 Setting jumpers Human A 110 Block diagram 24 Y uz ua TO u1 CONTROLLER DRIVER MOTOR BUFFER sync 71 le LOPWR SDA SCL ua LEVEL DIODES SENSOR MIXER MIXER LEVEL SENSOR SCL SDA SYNC HOME HIGH Hardware Configuration Table 9 indicates for each board the calibration voltage and position of jumpers Description Low Range Test Current Setting jumpers JPX verel i Adj STAND ares mV point O Open C Closed 2 3 4 5 6 7 ADJ CURRENT TABLE 9 EB0092 02 200 04 PRI o o o o o o power 800 0 8 PR2 work D 250 0 25 PR1 L I EB0092 03 O O O ow power e NOT 800 0 8 PR2 work 100 0 1 PR1 L change EBO092 04 TP3 0 o o o o ow power the positi 500 0 5 PR2 work 100 0 1 PR1 Low power on of the jumpers 200 0 8 PR2 gt 4 E B Work 400 04 Low power EB0092 06 1000 1 PRO O O a m 22 2 gt 2 2 2 2 22X2 222 JH Je Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 111 LED Color Descriptopn 011 Red Power Supply 5V DL2 Red Power Supply 24V DL3 Green Enable to start motore DL4 Yellow Flag Sync Home High 015 Yellow Flag Home All voltages are referred to GND D GND A TP1 TP2 DOCUMENTATION EB0092 01 A SC electrical diagram 17970 20 23 A PM assembly drawing 8 4 Maintenance Control Motor Assembly Remove the outside panels see Ge
99. BR LOWCA 57 29C PB7 LOWCA 58 29A PCO 59 30C PC1 60 30A PC2 61 31C PC3 PR LOWCA 62 31A PC5 63 32C PC6 64 32A PC7 P20 P90 P91 P93 PC4 BEEPER 24 Vcc On Off Sam pling System Serial Data Line Serial Clock Line Enable Diluter D1 Sam ple Enable Pump P1 Enable Sampling Arm Enable Sample Plate Low power motor Diluter D1 Low power motor Pump P1 Low power motor Sam pling Arm Low power motor Sam ple Plate Low power motor Sam pling Probe Acoustic Signal HUman ANE 82 Fuse F1 protects the line e of 5V from the digital sections of all boards 6 2 Mother Board P N 17970 9 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The Mother Board receives all the signals from the three CPU slaves A D Conver ter as well as from all the other modules present in the analyzer The functions of the board 17970 9 are To Interface the CPU Reagents Measurement and Sampling Systems in connectors 114 117 e J15 Interface the A D converter board in connector 123 control through U3 photometer filter revolver control through U7 the following Liquid Level Sensors Flag AWASH Minimum Liquid Level in container for Incubation bath si gnal SENSOR S1L Flag WASH Minimum Liquid Level in Wash Solution Container signal SENSOR S3L Flag TB HIGH Maximum Liquid Level inside Incubation Bath signal SENSOR 541 Flag TB LOW Minimum Liquid Level inside the Incubation Bath signal SENSOR S5L
100. CE 18 1 Preface This paragraph describes the step by step operations that the analyzer does when turned ON and during its normal operating cycle 18 2 Operating Program Checks The Maintenance Program F8 is part of the operating program divided into three parts 1 Reagent System 2 Sample System 3 Measurement System Eile Registers Tools 2 7 14 04 12 26 47 FF F8 Meas Init Hardware Meas Sys Fill Hydraulics OK Meas Sys Waste Tank Level Meas Sys Wash Tank Level OK Meas Sys Inc Liquid Level OK Meas Sys Test Level Bath OK Meas Sys Read All Filters 0 Start up hardware check comple A Mess Stellt Hardware OK As the analyzer is turned ON the operative program is loaded initializing the Hardware and performs a number of checks and controls to assure a perfect operation of the analyzer The operator can check each operation done in the Maintenance Program The checks made are also shown in on the right below When all controls have been successfully done the green START triangle will be lit to indicate that Human A 268 At the end of testing disactivate Pump P7 Pump P7 OFF the analyzer is ready to operate otherwise a red A triangle will go ON indica ting a malfunction Click on the arrow next to the triangle a window will open to indicate the sy stem with the malfunction In the Maintenance
101. CE 269 To perform checks All checks can be easily performed without a problem however special attenti on is needed when checking and or activating the Peristaltic Pumps In order not to create malfunctions when activating the pumps proceed as fol lows Position the Reagent Arm above the WASHING WELL WASH if necessary activate command Arm on Wash expel the wash solution activate pump P7 in the Cuvette Measurement System Pump P7 ON 1 Test Pump P2 Pump P2 will operate for about 2 seconds The pump will ex pel via the Probe the quantity of liquid it aspirated from the WASHING well 2 Pump P4 ON OFF it will start or stop the Pump P4 The pump transferrs Wash Solution from the Wash Container into the Washing Well 18 2 2 SAMPLING SYSTEM 6 14 05 2 25 12 PM 6 14 05 2 43 02 PM Sample System Sample System Set Action Time et Action Time Result Instrument On Line 14 10 Init Code Reader Init Hardware 14 11 Test Diluter Fill Hydraulics 14 11 Test Sample Level Wash Probe 14 11 Test Pump P1 Init Code Reader Test Predil Level Test Diluter Test Clean Level Test Sample Level Test Cal B Level Test Pump P1 ISE mod On Line Test Predil Level ISE Maintenance Test Clean Level ISE Purge Test Cal B Level ISE Clean ISE mod On Line Home Z Axis ISE Maintenance Home Plate ISE Purge Home Arm ISE Clean Home Diluter Home Z Axis Arm On Plate Home Plate Arm On Cuvette Home Arm A
102. Check the voltage Vac on J4 board 17970 7 Replace transformer EM0050 01 Check fuse F8 on board 17970 7 Disconnect J12 17970 7 Check voltage Vac on J4 board 17970 7 if needed re place transformer EM0050 01 Replace board 17970 7 Check fuse F5 board 17970 7 Disconnect J10 17970 7 Check the voltage Vdc on J3 board 17970 7 if neces sary replace PC power supply PC 17956 1 Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 39 Missing the 24V in Sampling System Missing the 24V in j the Cuvette Measu ring System Missing the 24V in the Reagent System Thermostat does NOT heat Check the PWR ON voltage of the Sampling System Replace F4 If fuse burns disconnect 18 Check voltage VDC on J2 board 17970 7 if necessary replace the power supply 24V 17956 2 Replace board 17970 7 Check the PWR ON voltage of the Cuvette System Replace F3 If fuse burns disconnect J7 Check voltage VDC on J2 board 17970 7 if necessary replace power supply 24V 17956 2 Replace board 17970 7 Check the PWR ON of the Reagent System Replace F2 If fuse burns disconnect J6 Check the voltage VDC on J2 board 17970 7 if neces sary replace the power supply 24V 17956 2 Replace board 17970 7 Check fuse F6 F8 Check PWR ON on the Cuvette Measuring System Check the voltage of 48 Vac between terminals 1 2 J11 on board 17970 7 if necessary replace board 17970 7 Check t
103. D DOCUMENTATION 214 15 8 1 AYO121 00 0 SC electrical diagram 214 15 8 2 M0145 01 0 SC electrical diagram 214 15 8 3 AYO115 01 0 SC electrical diagram 214 15 8 4 EA0098 01 0 SC electrical diagram 214 CONTENTS 16 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 221 16 1 HYDRAULICS OF THE SAMPLING SYSTEM 221 16 2 HYDRAULICS OF THE INCUBATION BATH 221 16 3 HYDRAULICS OF WASHING AND DRYING THE CUVETTES 222 16 4 WASTE HYDRAULICS 222 16 5 MAINTENANCE 222 16 5 1 General RuLes 222 16 5 2 Peristaltic Pumps 223 16 6 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 226 16 7 SPARE PART LIST 228 16 8 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 229 16 8 1 HY0012 01 F CM Hydraulic diagram page 1 out of 4 229 16 8 2 HY0012 01 F CM Hydraulic diagram page 4 out of 4 229 16 8 3 HY0012 01 F CM Spare part list page 2 out of 4 229 16 8 4 HY0012 01 F CM Spare part list page 3 out of 4 229 17 TEST PROGRAM 235 17 1 DESCRIPTION 235 17 2 DIAGNOSTIC UTILITY 236 17 3 TO RUN DIAGNOSTICS USING THE TESTER EXE 237 17 3 1 Important Notes and Precautions 237 17 3 2 Utility Reagent System 238 17 3 3 Utility Reaction cuvette Measuring System 244 17 3 4 Utility of the Sampling System 249 17 4 PRINTMETH EXE 253 17 5 SATSMITH EXE 256 17 6 SAVEDBCHEM EXE 257 17 7 COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL 258 17 7 1 Data Exchange with Host computer 258 17 7 2 Host computer Setup 259 17 7 3 Connections 259 17 7 4 Protocol Structure 259 17 7 5 Transfer of a WorkList Reception from Host 260 17 7 6 Transferring Results to Host compu
104. D Wash and dry cuvette E Measurement of 20 samples in each cycle Each sample is measured every 24 sec 2 working cycles Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 11 The operation is Patient Oriented All tests for Patient ONE are prepared before starting on patient TWO A full patient report is printed as soon as all the result data for a given patient are available All patient data as well as the analyzer calibrations and their graph are stored on a hard disk A built in user friendly Help and Maintenance programs are a perfect guide for the operator 2 4 User Warranty HUMAN warrants that instruments sold by itor by one of its authorized dealers shall be free of any defect in material or workmanship provided that this war ranty shall apply only to defects which become apparent within one year from the date of delivery of the new instrument to the purchaser HUMAN shall replace or repair any defective item in its factory in Rome at no charge except transportation changes Instruments for repair have to be sent to HUMAN with all transportation charges prepaid This warranty excludes HUMAN from liability to replace any item considered as expendable in the course of normal usage e g lamps valves syringes fuses diskettes monitor tubing etc HUMAN shall be relieved of any liability under this warranty if the product is not used in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions not regularly main
105. DL5 is OFF otherwise Check the continuity of connection Sen sor Cable Connector Replace the Sensor Assembly 17941 3 Replace U7 Replace board 17970 9 Probably board CPU slave Cuvette System is damaged Replace U1 board CPU Cuvette System 17970 8 Replace board 17970 9 Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 87 NO Flag WARNING is given when Liquid Level inside incubation bath is low TB LOW Flag TB LOW works perfectly on the Mother Board but program does not flag the WARNING The Operating Program flags WARNING that Incubation Temperature inside bath is not within the specifica tions Temperature displayed on the monitor does not correspond to that measured with a precision thermometer Program flags a Temperature Warning Possibly the sensor inside the incubation bath is damaged Remove connector P1 from cable WC0099 01 and check that the green DL4 is ON otherwise Check the continuity of connection Sen sor Cable Connector Replace the assembly sensors 17941 3 Replace U7 Replace board 17970 9 Probably the CPU slave board Cuvette Plate is damaged Replace U1 board CPU Cuvette Plate 17970 8 Replace board 17970 9 Make sure there is liquid inside the con tainer supplying liquid to the Thermostat AWASH Check the liquid level inside the Incubati on bath Measure the temperature with a precisi on it should be 37 2 C if necessary ad just with R26 o
106. Defect Found Absorbance of Water Blank is too HIGH Insufficient reproducibility Cause and Remedy Wash Solution used is old or dirty check and prepare a fresh solution Make sure that wash solution is dispensed into cuvette Repeat Water Blank Measurement using the Mainte nance F8 program Dirty cuvettes try cleaning and washing them or simp ly replace with a new set Check photometer lamp alignment Liquid in incubation bath is dirty change it with fresh bi distilled water Check the thermostat and the liquid in the bath are cle an Drain bath and Fill with fresh bi distilled water Clean and Wash cuvettes Make sure the Probes are not blocked Check all tubing connections probe Cuvette Washing Arms peristaltic pumps and syringe Make sure that the syringe piston does not leak and the O ring holds hermetically Check connection and tubing of pump P1 Check Photometer lamp if necessary change it Check parameters of the method used Reagent and Sample volumes filter type of measurement and incu bation time Ger tename User manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 317 Bad Linearity Results are HIGH Results are LOW Serum Controls are NOT within the expected Range Make sure that the reagent volume is at least 300u Make sure that the Reagent bottles are clean and the reagent id freshly prepared DO NOT add fresh enzymatic reagent into a bottle with old reagent Make sure enzyma
107. EA0073 02 75 All voltages are referred to GND A GND D TP2 TP3 with JP1 closed JP1 closed TABLE 5 JP2 open C Settings jumpers Board Description Device Layout Ref Software P N TABLE 6 EPROM 27C2001 17970 8 EEPROM 256 U2 PD0052 01 List of programmable devices 17970 8 CPU GAL16V8 U5 PD0011 01 17970 8 CPU GAL16V8 U7 PD0012 02 DOCUMENTATION 45 00 8 5 electrical diagram 17970 8 A PM assembly drawing The Tables below lists the signals of the three CPU slaves Table signals CPU Reagent System Item _ Terminal 1 Label U1 U8 Signal Label Description 1 1A 5V Power Supply 5v 2 1C 5V Power supply 5v 3 2A GND Digital ground 4 2C GND Digital ground 5 3A 12V Power supply 12v 6 3C AGND Analogical ground 7 4C P30 TX232R Data transmit line 8 4A 1 RX232R Data receive Line 9 5C P70 10 5A 71 11 6C P72 12 6A P73 13 7 74 14 7 75 15 8C P76 16 8A P77 i7 SC 221 HOME DR Flag Home Diluter D2 Reagents 18 9A P22 Human As 76 Signal Sensor Reagent 19 10C 23 SENSOR LR Level 20 10A p24 home par Han tome Reagent 21 11C 8255 5B ome Reagent Plate 22 11A poe Homes Arm 53 ise p27 SYNC DR Flag Sync Diluter D2 Reagents 24 12A P32 SYNC 0 25 13C P33 SYNC 1 26 13A 4 SYNC 2 27 14 P80 A_CLKR Signal Clock 28 14A P81 B_CLKR Signal Clock 29 15C P82 E PAR Enable Start Pump P4 30 15A P83 31 16C P84 ONC R Start Air Pump 32 16A P85 PR CWR Dire
108. EPARATION PROBLEMS PROBLEMS WITH LEVEL SENSORS AND MIXER 19 10 PROBLEMS COOLING SYSTEM 19 11 PROBLEMS WITH THERMOSTAT 19 12 19 13 PROBLEMS WITH PUMPS AND VALVES LEAKAGE PROBLEMS 19 14 PROBLEMS WITH PRINTER 19 15 WARNING SIGNALS ALARMS AND FLAGS 20 ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 20 9 ACCESSORIES AND GENERAL SPARE PARTS ELECTRONIC BOARDS CABLE KIT MASTER COMPUTER P N KG0058 01 FUSES PROGRAMMABLE DEVICES GENERAL SPARE PARTS INTERFERENCE FILTERS AND OPTICAL PARTS COMPLETE MODULES CONNECTORS AND HYDRAULIC ACCESSORIES 20 10 FLAT CABLES IN MOVEMENT 20 11 FLAT CABLES FIXED 20 12 20 13 CALBES UNIPOLAR MOTORS 20 14 ENCORDER ASSEMBLIES 20 15 BELTS 20 16 SERVICE KIT P N KG0065 01 20 17 BAR CODE READER ASSEMBLY P N AY0133 01 20 18 KIT BAR CODE READER SAMPLES P N KG0055 02 20 19 KIT BAR CODE READER REAGENTS P N KG0055 03 20 20 KIT BAR C READER REAG SAMPLE P N KG0056 01 20 21 ISE MODULE P N KG0019 01 20 22 DEVICES FOR MAINTENANCE P N KG0070 01 313 313 313 314 314 315 315 316 318 319 321 321 322 322 323 324 327 327 328 329 329 329 330 330 331 331 332 332 332 333 334 334 334 335 335 336 336 336 337 21 OPTIONAL MODULES 339 21 1 BAR CODE READER 339 21 1 1 Bar Code Reader Interface P N 111 01 340 21 1 2 Assembly Procedure and Maintenance 340 21 1 3 Bar Code Reader Optical Alignme
109. ES ure 1 MIRROR SIDE Diskette 100 10000 8500 4300 4300 4300 3700 3500 Filter nm 340 380 405 510 546 578 620 700 HOMING Cuvette 38 has to be filled with about 500 of dist Wa ter Lamp alignment has to be made with filter 340 nm No dis kettes are used in filter 340 nm TABLE 18 Blockage in number of counts for each diskette Other wavelength e filters are available upon request Human A 280 FIGURE 55 FIGURE 56 18 4 3 REPLACE MOTOR AND BELT 1 Follow procedure 18 4 2 Equalize and Replace Filters Remove the screws that hold the panel 8 Figure 47 Loosen the hexa screw 2 and 9 that hold the Sync disk 7 and pulley 10 Remove the screws that hold the motor and take it out Replace the motor and or the belt Reassemble the pulley and the Sync disk lock in the screws without tightening them Adjust the tension on the belt 1 by pulling the motor to have a 2 mm fle xibility in the center of the belt with 500 g of pressure see arrow and block the screws Position the filter wheel 3 with the flag Home 4 in the center of the opto 5 and the slit of the Sync disk 7 in the center of the opto 6 Figure 48 tighten the screw of the Sync disk use a hexa key 2mm Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 281 18 4 4 REPLACE AND CLEAN LENSES Use silicon gloves not to dirt the le
110. F1 On V5 check the resistance of its coil should be about 125 ohm replace if necessary On V4 check the resistance of its coil should be about 125 ohm replace if necessary Make sure that led DL3 DL4 are ON if necessary replace board 17970 24 Replace the CPU slave board of Cuvette System 17970 8 Check the start up voltage PWR ON of the Sampling System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 24V on J2 DL12 ON Check fuse F3 Replace board 17970 11 Replace the CPU slave board Sampling System 17970 8 Human As 60 Check the start up voltage PWR ON of the Reagent System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Diluter D2 does Check voltage 24V on J4 DL10 ON NOT work Check fuse F2 Replace board 17970 11 Replace CPU slave board Reagent System 17970 8 4 3 Spare Part List To assure an efficient Sub Code Description OTY e and fast technical ser 17970 24 e Pump valve driver interface 1 vice HUMAN suggests to 680 010 225 Fuse 2 5A 3 keep in stock the parts in dicated with When or dering make sure to give the following information 4 4 Enclosed Documentation Code Number Description and Ouantity 4 4 1 17970 24 A SC ELECTRIC DIAGRAM PAG 1 3 4 4 2 17970 24 A SC ELECTRIC DIAGRAM PAG 2 3 4 4 3 17970 24 A SC ELECTRIC DIAGRAM PAG 3 3 4 4 4 17970 24 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING m 212421 M X rr I
111. HumaStar 300 Service Manual ce Cat No 17901s 2 Human Diagnostics Worldwide REVISION LIST OF THE MANUAL Rev DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM VERSION COPYRIGHT Copyright 2010 Human GmbH Wiesbaden Germany All rights reserved No part of this documentation may be reproduced in any form nor processed copied or distributed by means of electronic systems without prior permission of Human GmbH in writing Since all precautionary measures were taken into account in producing these operating instructions the manufacturer accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions This in cludes any liability for damage that could arise from possible incorrect operation based on this information Subject to changes without notice as result oftechnical development SERVICE UND SUPPORT CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 USER WARRANTY 1 3 INTENDED USE OF THE INSTRUMENT 1 4 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS 1 5 DISPOSAL MANAGEMENT CONCEPT 1 6 INSTRUMENT DISINFECTION 1 7 BIOHAZARD WARNING 2 THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 2 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 2 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS 2 3 OPERATION 2 4 USER WARRANTY 2 5 INSTALLATION 2 5 1 Unpacking 2 5 2 Installation 2 5 3 Environmental Requirements 2 5 4 Livel setting of Analyzer 2 5 5 Operating Temperature Limits 2 5 6 Power Requirements 2 6 ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE 2 6 1 External Connections 2 6 2 Connections the back of the Analyzer
112. IVER P N 10 1 LINEAR PUMP DRIVER P N EB0122 01 10 2 MAINTENANCE 10 2 1 Replacement Peristaltic Pump Driver Board 10 2 2 Replacement of the linear pump driver board P6 10 3 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 10 4 SPARE PART LIST 10 5 ECLOSED DOCUMENTATION 10 5 1 8EB0033 01 A SC electrical diagram 10 5 2 EB0033 01 A PM assembly drawing 112 114 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 ng 127 127 128 130 131 131 131 132 135 135 135 135 135 135 141 143 144 144 145 145 147 147 147 147 CONTENTS 11 12 13 10 5 3 EB0033 02 A SC electrical diagram 10 5 4 EB0033 03 A SC electrical diagram 10 5 5 EB0033 03 0 PM assembly drawing 10 5 6 EB0122 01 0 SC electrical diagram 10 5 7 8EB0122 01 0 PM electrical drawing ENCODER MOTORE 11 1 ENCODER MOTOR HOME P N EB0120 01 11 2 MAINTENANCE 11 2 1 Replacement of the Encoder board 11 3 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 11 4 SPARE PART LIST 11 5 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 11 5 1 EB0072 01 A SC electrical diagram 11 5 2 EB0072 01 A PM assembly drawing 11 5 3 EB0120 00 0 SC electrical diagram 11 5 4 EB0120 01 0 PM assembly drawing LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR P N 17970 31 12 1 MAINTENANCE 12 1 1 Replacement of Level Sensor and its flat cable 12 2 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 12 3 SPARE PART LIST 12 4 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 12 4 1 17970 31 0 SC electical diagram 12 4 2 17970 31 0 PM assembly drawings OPTICAL SENSOR P N EB0086 XX PN EA0071
113. J1 J5 J6 J7 38 J10 J11 J12 from the power supply board P N 17970 7 5 4 Remove the power supply assembly from the analyzer FIGURE 18 Setting Jumpers FIGURE 19 Nominal voltages Human As 34 5 To access inside the power supply remove screws 3 and its back panel 1 FIGURE 20 Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 35 3 4 2 REPLACEMENT OF THE PC POWER SUPPLY 1 Disconnect connectors 12 13 14 from board 5 see Figure 20 remove screws 3 from the top panel and remove the panel 4 Remove the input connector of 220Vac black cable from JA the distribution board 8 see Figure 21 Remove the support with its connectors 22 see Figure 20 Figure 21 Remove the screws 16 holding the power supply 15 to its front panel see Figure 21 5 Replace the power supply and reassemble in reverse as described above FIGURE 21 3 4 3 MAIN POWER SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1 Remove the two screws 18 see Figure 21 2 Remove nut 11 holding the GND terminal use a hexa key 7mm see Fi gure 22 3 Remove the connector from the cable between the filter and connector J1 board 8 see Figure 21 4 Replace and reassemble in reverse as described Human J A n 36 3 4 4 FUSE REPLACEMENT Use fuses as indicated on the name plate Make sure to reinert the fuse contai ner selecting
114. K CWCCW U2 EN SYNC HOME LOPWR LLH SYNC LLL HOME FLAG LLH HOME SE a Item Test point Range 1 Pin 1J2 From 23 5V to 24 5V 2 Pin 20 01 From 4 75V to 5 25V From 690 to 710mV Reg with 3 Pin 15 U2 piston moving Da 90 a 120mV with piston in stand 4 Pin 15 U2 still All voltages are referred to GND D GND A TP3 JP1 JP2 JP3 DOCUMENTATION 17970 11 A SC 17970 11 C PM Closed Closed Closed electrical diagram assembly drawing DILUTER DRIVER P N 17970 11 99 7 1 Maintenance Remove the outside panels see General Maintenance removal of outside panels 7 1 1 REPLACEMENT OF DRIVER BOARD See Figure 29 Operation to be done dE S ate with the Analyzer turned OFF 1 I For Diluter mainte nance see Section 13 FIGURE 31 Disconnect the tubing and remove the syringe Remove connectors 11 12 from driver board P N 17970 11 2 Take out the Diluter module Remove screws 4 that hold the board and remove the connector from the motor Replace the board and reassemble Human ANE 100 7 2 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a number of symptoms and problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HumaStar 300 TOOLS Defect Syringe piston does NOT move Syringe piston makes irregular moves and tends to lock Using the Diagnostic Program
115. L MODULES 343 10 11 12 Repeat reading by pressing Scan button to make sure it is correct On the box window of Test will be displa yed the correspondent number of the Bar code label and an acoustic beep confirms FIGURE 78 the right reading Move the reagent Tray in the position of bottle 2 To activate the magnet that moves the mirror clicking on the CHECK BOX mir ror See image below Click on Init and wait some acoustic beeps that signalize the INIT of reader Click on Scan button and check if the Laser beam hits exactly in the middle the Bar Code Label of bottle 2 see image on the right Figure 80 If neces sary adjust the cams 2 use the flat screw driver 5mm Figure 78 to obtain the its correct reading 12 88 A 344 FIGURE 79 FIGURE 80 IRROR 3 DIRECTIOI 5 21 N DIRECTION I REAGENT Zw REAGENTS 13 Repeat reading by pressing Scan button to make sure it is correct 14 On the box window of Test will be displayed the correspondent number of the Bar code label and an acoustic beep confirms the right reading 15 Once found the right position tighten the screws below the assay bar code reader 2 use hex key 4mm and hold the cams 2 by screw 3 Figure 78 use hex key 1 5mm 16 It is suggest after allthe adjustments make acomplete check ofthe reagent positions by the Diagnostic tester 17 In case of a wrong
116. LINE QUALITY CONTROL Program checks the precision during standardiza tion and daily operation Controls are displayed over a period of 60 days inclu ding graph Mean value S D and ZCV STATS an INTELLIGENT STOP enables to introduce a STAT sample at any time and report its result within only 12 minutes without interfering with the nor mal routine operation PATIENT REPORTS are user personalized on a 80 column printer All result data is automatically memorized on the built in hard disk and available for future consultation PRINT ON LINE if activated it will print results immediately after their final mea surement GRAPHIC DISPAY possibility to view the curve of any test for each individual patient as well as all calibration and Quality control curves TEST COUNTER displays the number and the type of test performed on the ana lyzer MANUAL INPUT OF RESULTS for tests performed manually or on other instru ments to be presented on the final Patient Report ARCHIVE ERRORS a list of errors and warnings of the last 90 days are displayed COMMUNICATION in real time with HOST computer according to ASTM proto cols HUman ANE 10 BI DIRECTIONAL INTERFACE via a built in serial port RS 232 C connection to EDP systems 2 3 Operation The analyzer is a self sufficient system that uses some peripherals such as Mo nitor Mouse keyboard and printer The analyzer consists in three parts Reagent Plate Chamber
117. LYS AW ODA 13 9171 board Electrical diagram pg 1 2 en Vi 102500 n A d 815091 on 440 11094062145 n dalda N 09 TEISH pene IND l er iL Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 377 FIGURE 99 ISE module control board Electrical a diagram pg 2 2 A 378 FIGURE 100 ISE control board Assembly drawing SOLDER SIDE c32L 18251 1812 EI cs CORE 34 um B23 css TIER FB 181 80 80 8270 1824 pza Es 1858 PBG181 PCB B eese 2 15 24 w 990020 990020 DECH Ft Ger tename User manual 379 OPTIONAL MODULES FIGURE 101 Pump stepper mo tor drive Electrical diagram A O L dL dlifid alice 3719409 91083 ach LON AM 41511687 in MAA AA si 1347 141 380 FIGURE 102 Pump stepper motor drive Assembly drawinig Components side BE Bg motor run 0 8 V with JP16 2 3 161 05 6 op D 10 Soldering jumper side Ger tename User manual 381 OPTIONAL MODULES FIGURE 103 5 5 50 1 o E 8 i 5 E D 5 2 D a ai ver ez lec
118. Maintenance Remove the outside panels see General Maintenance section To remove Operations to be done outside panels e with analyzer turned OFF 4 1 1 TO REPLACE PUMP INTERFACE AND VALVES 1 Disconnect all connectors from the board 2 Remove the four screws and take out the board 3 Replace it make sure not to invert the connectors see block diagram Human ANE 58 4 2 Trouble Shooting Guide This section its a series of symptoms or problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect Pump P2 does NOT start Pump P3 does NOT work I Pump P5 does NOT work Pump P6 does NOT start Causes and Remedies Check the voltage PWR ON of the Reagent System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check the voltage of 24V on J4 DL10 ON Check Fuse F2 Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 03 Replace board EB0033 03 Replace the CPU slave board 17970 8 Check the voltage of PWR ON of the Reagent System See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage of 24V on J4 DL10 ON Check fuse F2 Check the if the LED DL8 is ON if necessary replace board 17970 24 Check the resistance of the motor about 25 ohm if neces sary replace it Replace the CPU slave board Reagents 17970 8 Check the start voltage PWR ON of the measuring cuvette system See also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 24V on J6
119. Minimum electronic noise improves precision Fast results for all 3 determina tions Simple maintenance Maintenance done by lab perso nnel High accuracy and precision High accuracy and precision Convenient and less mainte nance Sample Sample Volume Reproducibility Analysis Time Throughput Power Supply Reagents Maximum Ambient Temperature Serum Plasma or Urine Urine requires dilution Serum or plasma 90 pl 3 channel Na CL Diluted urine 160 ul Maximum imprecision within run Serum Typical CarryOver in serum Na CV 1 596 100 160 Mmol L 0 596 K CV lt 2 3 00 6 00 Mmol L 1 5 Cl CV lt 2 80 0 120 0 Mmol L 1 096 serum or plasma 60 seconds including one point calibration Urine 60 seconds including one point calibration 60 x 3 parameters 180 tests per hour 12VDC 0 6A Calibrator A Calibrator B Cleaning Solution Urine Diluent 38 C Human ANE 354 Adjust the voltage on TP13 every time the bubbles detec tor has to be replaced see the procedure below 21 3 3 ISE CONTROL BOARD P N EB0181 02 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This board receives the signals from four electrodes Na K CL and Ref and by means the three pre amplifiers converts these signals in an output continuous voltage The analogical signals from pre amplifiers are sent to a multiplexer and later to a voltage frequency converter V F This latter generates in out a square sig
120. Modules installation However installation should be done at the factory or by specialized Crony personnel 21 1 Bar Code Reader TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The Bar Code Reader Module is identified with P N AY0133 01 see image on the right The Module consists of Interface Board Driver Reader Flat Cable Interconnection PVC Support The Reader is enabled for the following code Code 128 DIRECTION LASER RAYS REAGENTS READER AY0133 01 2 DIRECTION LASER RAYS Human A 340 FIGURE 76 Visible Signals TABLE 21 Visible Signals TABLE 22 Jumpers Position In this application both bar e code readers reagent amp sample are set via JP1 1 2 Procedure to be car e ried out with Analy zer turned OFF 21 1 1 BAR CODE READER INTERFACE P N EB0111 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Converts TTL CMOS reader signals into standard RS 232 signals The Reader is set by means of jumper JP1 Sees a vy 7 LA ia LA LA LA i D1 Red Power supply 5V D2 Green Reading OK JP1 1 2 Samples 2 3 Reagents see note below JP2 1 2 JP3 1 2 JP4 Open DOCUMENTATION EB0111 01 A SC Bar code interface Electrical diagram see section 19 2 1 EB0111 01 A PM Bar code interface Assembly drawing see section 19 2 2 21 1 2 ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE AND MAINTENANCE Remove the top panels of the Analyzer See Chapter 16 General Maintenance Secti
121. O O ASTS BilBic CREATS GLUC 1093 P 38490 18 o o CIS K8 NaS ALBS ALB GL8 BUNS T P 8 1798 6 18 0 0 AST BilBic CREAT GLUC 1095 P 7 18 0 O AST BilBic CREAT GLUC 1096 11 li8 o o ALT8 BilFix8 BiIlVAr GLU2R 11C5 12 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11C6 P 13 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11C7 P 14 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11C8 15 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11C9 16 l18 o o ALT8 BilFix8 BiIlVAr GLU2R 11 P 17 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11CB 18 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11CC 19 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11CD P 20 18 0 O ALT BilFix BilVAr GLU2R 11C5 P 21118101 0 6 08 5 P 22 18 0 O GLUPRE 08 6 Human ANE 262 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GLUPRE 08 7 GLUPRE 08E8 GLUPRE 08E9 GLUPRE O8EA GLUPRE 8 GLUPRE 8 GLUPRE 8 P 1 Rossi Mario 48 1 Ematologia O AST BilBic CREAT GLUC 189E P 231 118 0 P 241 118 0 25 1810 P 26 1810 P 27 1810 P 281 118 0 P 29 1810 Where P spazio 1 Rossi Mario 48 1 Empty field Hematology 0 AST 5 189 start of DataRecord space ASCII 32 HEX20 identification
122. P8 4 1 20 10 Flat Cables in Movement CODE DESCRIPTION WC0101 02 Level sensor flex cable 1 20 11 FLat cables fixed CODE DESCRIPTION FC0053 01 From J6 EB0046 01 to J5 EB0098 01 W14 1 FC0053 02 From J7 EB0046 01 to EB0098 01 W15 1 FC0054 01 From J5 EB0046 01 to J4 EB0099 01 W11 1 FC0058 01 From J10 EB0046 01 to J3 98 01 W16 1 FC0059 01 From J8 EB0046 01 to 15 99 01 W12 1 FC0059 02 From J9 EB0046 01 to J3 EB0099 01 W13 1 FC0061 01 From J2 EB0046 01 to J3 EB0093 01 W17 1 FC0061 02 From J4 EB0046 01 to 11 EB0093 01 W18 1 FC0061 03 From J3 EB0046 01 to J5 93 01 W19 1 FC0066 02 From J7 EB0093 01 to J1 EB0068 01 D2 W20 1 FC0066 01 From J8 93 01 to J1 EB0068 01 D1 W21 1 FC0049 01 From J13 80093 01 to J1 EB0033 01 P2 W24 1 FC0049 02 From J15 EB0093 01 to J1 EB0033 01 P5 W25 1 FC0062 01 From J12 EB0046 01 to J1 EB0043 01 P5 W10 1 FC0067 01 From J9 EB0093 01 to J1 EB0033 01 P1 W22 1 FC0067 02 From J10 EB0093 01 to J1 EB0033 01 P4 W23 1 20 12 Calbes unipolar CODE DESCRIPTION OTA EA0066 01 Power cord with socket for Air pump amp Aux 2 From J2 EB0043 01 to P2 930 020 012 WC0066 01 1 Power supply cable 24 V From J5 80101 01 to P1 930 020 012 WC0067 01 1 Power supply cable 230 Vac m 22 lt i Ger tename User manual ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 333 WC0
123. PP PP Human As 336 Ger tename User manual 20 19 KIT Bar Code Reader Reagents P N KG0055 03 CODE AY0133 01 FC0068 01 FC0086 01 MS1074 01 112 01 51002 01 DESCRIPTION Reagents Bar code reader assembly Flat cable 20 pin Flat cable 10 pin Spacer Signals interface RS232 Mirror 20 20 KIT Bar C Reader Reag Sample P N KG0056 01 CODE AY0133 01 FC0068 01 FC0086 01 MS1074 01 112 01 51002 01 DESCRIPTION Bar code reader assembly reagent and sample Flat cable 20 pin Flat cable 10 pin Spacer Signals interface RS232 Mirror 20 21 ISE Module P N KG0019 01 CODE 166 050 050 230 311 206 230 311 208 230 311 260 230 341 209 231 101 203 232 151 201 17941 MS0882 01 MS1008 01 MS1046 01 TU0074 01 TU0077 01 AY0136 01 308 010 034 310 009 009 379 005 009 DESCRIPTION Adhesive tape to fix power supply L 90mm Screw TCC M3x6 inox Screw TCC M3x8 inox Screw M4x12 inox Screw TPSC M3x10 inox Nut M3 inox Indented washer for M3 inox Level sensor cup for CAL A Module holder Pump holder Container 250 mL Connecting tubing waste container Aspiration tubing CAL Assembly drawing ISE module Power supply cable Serial cable Serial adapter PRP PR 9 lt Go DD GHG oo bk ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 337 930 020 014 805 004 012 161 035 004 161 035 016 161 035 021 756 010 041 756 010 042 17903 12 805 004 006 805 004
124. PTICAL SIGNAL 127 9 DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 9 1 Preamplifier P N 18720 8 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AY0041 02 The monochromatic light from the photometer passes through the quartz cu The complete assembly vette immerged in an incubation bath hits the photosensitive detector OD1 e Code is 17970 90 which in turn generates an output current proportional to the intensity of light received The circuitry 91 converts the current into voltage which is measured by the A D converter During operation it is necessary to obtain the maximum energy possible To measure it dispense 500 ul of dist Water into the cuvette that sits in front of the photometer light source Select filter 340 nm and measure on TP2 17970 19 the voltage gt 800 mV max 1400mV measure the dark current in complete absence of light block complete ly the light to the photodiode detector and measure on TP2 17970 19 a vol tage of 15mV adjust the off set with PR1 DOCUMENTATION 18720 8 5 electrical diagram 18720 8 A PM assembly drawing Human A 128 9 2 Converter A D P N 17970 19 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The analogic signal that comes from the pre amplifier 18720 8 enters the amplifier stage and further to the analog digital converter A D to be mea sured The A D converter U2 with a 16 bit resolution is controlled by a mi croprocessor U3 The power supply voltages 15V and 15V are generated by the cir
125. R n Colibratar ISF amp onnactian 13 SH ICONF 1443 27 s mE CG KS Ge 14008101 in water wong 1 Les ES Lue eo Ez iso 12 5 LS 16 EU Lis 20 22 23 Ger tename User manual HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 233 w cor sr o rr mm size mm NOTE 42 110007701 Tube cotigrotore IS 1 rerton oe aso 1 43 lagen sensore i veo s waotsi o1 Tip scorco Tuco78 01 Tubo ingresso oro 1 c anz 1300 1u0079 01 Tube 2 2 5 75 47 woosoo 4 sucow 2 5 Ia tip omg of 1 Ms1438 01 1 Jas 316 15 2 5 50 Tv0114 01 Tubo scorico Over Flow t pve Lang wo 51 Msa050 01 1 152 usiozsor 153 Tuo0850 tubo scarica 1 PVC SIL 578 48 seo 54 wcoo9701 55 28 01 voschetta d vogo __ 2 155 0001901_ mooo Jof f 57 1 47 01 Pompo oo fof Innesto tubo orig Filtra Tonico soluzione lovaggio Tonico scarica 62 63 1u0096 01 Tubo pompa asz 120 voschetta d scorco Jaf f 6 12501 comero corone Jif Avo131 01 oy 67 Avo121 01 org
126. REAGENT CALIBRATOR A CHAMBER Connect as Figure 7 Waste container Wash Solution Liquid for incubation bath WASH SOLUTION Fill container with 5 liters of dist water and add 3 drops of Tween 20 Mix slowly by inverting to avoid foaming Close the container with its screw cap containing e level sensor It will be flagged when the solution level in the container gets low however there will be enough solution to finish the programmed workload It is suggested to prepare the Wash Solution fresh every day and add to the container as necessary a Once a week it is suggested to rinse thoroughly the Wash Container with distilled water before adding the freshly prepared Wash Solution INCUBATION BATH Fillthe container with bi distilled water and close it with its screw cap and its level sensor a When the Analyzer is turned ON the incubation bath will be automatically filled including its thermostat Both the temperature and the level of liquid in the incubation bath are continuously monitored Missing bi distilled wa ter in the bath is automatically signaled and flagged b To avoid formation of bacteria or other undesirable matter inside the water bath it is important that every two weeks this bi distilled water be drained and fresh one introduced This operation is done automatically through the Maintenance program Simply press first Empty and then Fill Bath Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 17
127. Run Enables the automatic START of Clinical Chemistry program Password Password Enables to change the password to access expert mode Barcode Barcode Activates de activates the Bar Code Reader Host Comm Speed Host Comm Enables to adapt the baud rate transmition between the analyzer and the external computer selectable from a menu Protocol Protocol Activates the transmition ASTM protocol Level Settings Level Settings To vary the sensitivity of the liquid level sensor of the Probe Maximum sensitivity is LOWEST and minimum is HIGHEST do NOT change Activate To Save the modificarions 17 6 SaveDbChem exe With this program enables to activate the program to save the the personal such as Methods Standards Controls and Profiles that are memorized on the analyzer into a temporary Data Base file in MDB format onto a floppy diskette This file can be used to update the Data Base on all analyzers using the same revision Click on SaveDbChem exe and wait until the program is loaded and the below image is displayed The graphic image on the right enables to SELECT the four options Methods Human ANE 258 Controls Standards Profiles Select one or more options and press SAVE To update the permanent Data Base press RESTORE Before saving save insert the floppy diskette and make sure its not protected In any case it will generate a Message errors in RED wi
128. SOFTWARE INC Date mm dd yy Sat May 5 2001 Time hh mm ss 18 24 28 CYLS HEADS PRECOMP LANDZONE SECTORS MODE Drive C Auto 0b 0 0 0 0 0 Drive D Auto 0b 0 0 0 0 0 AUTO Drive A 1 44M 3 5 in Drive B None Base Memory 640K LCD amp CRT Both Extended Memory 64512K Panel 640X480 18BIT TFT Other Memory 384K Halt On All Errors Total Memory 65536K ESC Quit Select Item PU PD Modify Help Shift F2 Change Color When finished press ESC to go back to the Main Menu 3 Select BIOS FEATURES SETUP enter the parameters as shown below ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2 5 9 BIOS FEATURES SETUP AWARD SOFTWARE INC Virus Warning Disabled Video BIOS Shadow Enabled CPU Internal Cache Enabled C8000 CBFFF Shadow Disabled External Cache Enabled 000 Shadow Disabled Quick Power On Self Test Disabled D0000 D3FFF Shadow Disabled Boot From LAN First Disabled D4000 D7FFF Shadow Disabled Boot Sequence C A SCSI D8000 DBFFF Shadow Disabled Swap Floppy Drive Disabled DC000 DFFFF Shadow Disabled Boot Up Floppy Seek Enabled Cyrix 6x86 MII CPUID Enabled Boot Up NumLock Status On Boot Up System Speed High Gate A20 Option Fast Typematic Rate Setting Disabled Typematic Rate Chars Sec 6 Typematic Delay Msec 250 Security Option Setup PCI VGA Palette Snoop Disabled ESC Quit
129. TION once patients are programmed all operations are fully automatic The reaction cuvettes are automatically washed and dried to assure a non stop operation INCUBATION takes place in quartz cuvettes immersed in a liquid bath at 37 C to assure perfect temperature control of the reactions at all times DIRECT READING a built in multi filter photometer measures the samples di rectly in their cuvettes several times during incubation at 8 different wave length Each sample has its own reagent cuvette blank measured before the addition of sample I S E MODULE optional built in for the simultaneous determination of Sodium Potassium and Chloride AUTOMATIC REPETITION OF TESTS results that are critical outside of linear range or due to substrate depletion are automatically pre diluted and repeated REAGENT VOLUME 300 ul of reagent is sufficient to run any test Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR both the reagent and Sampling Probes have built in liquid sensors and mixer to assure a correct sample preparation KEYBOARD a full keyboard for easy programming of patients with demogra phics including a mouse for easy operation and navigation inside the software SOFTWARE user friendly software with graphic presentation guides the opera tor step by step through all operations HELP ON LINE special program to assist the operator at all times during pro gramming and operation ON
130. U S1 1 OFF 52 1 OFF J1 3 3 3 3 51 2 52 2 73 5 3 6 4 513 ON 52 3 ON J4 1 2 S1 4 OFF S2 4 OFF J5 1 2 S1 5 OFF 52 5 OFF J6 1 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 51 6 OFF 52 6 OFF CN1 8 10 14 2 Passive Board 6 Slot ISA BUS P N 17810 7 DESCRIPTION Expands the connections ISA BUS for 6 slots Indicates via four LED the presence of the power supply voltages All power supply voltages are available on a connecting ter minal Additional input for an auxili ary keyboard Human s A 188 14 3 Multi Serial Port P N 910 002 031 DESCRIPTION Supplies to the CPU Master board four serial ports furthermore communication with the three CPU SLAVE boards and the Bar Code reader TTT Position of jumper JP1 Open 14 3 1 CHECK AND THE CONFIGURATION MULTI SERIAL BOARD PARAME TERS The image on the side indicates the error signal when the serial communication between the CPU master and the three CPU slaves is absentorthe configuration of the ports is wrong De Registi Strumenti 2 LA Renato wat Erato 1 Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 189 For a correct configuration of the multi serial board proceed as below Turn ON the analyzer and wait for booting When the first green image ap pears on the monitor press the key CTRL until all the desktop Windows is loaded From desktop Windows click on key START and select in successi
131. V NO STOP range from 340 to a 800nm passes through an optical lens and focused on the interference filter The monochromatic light is focused on to the quartz measuring cuvette containing the liquid to be analyzed The intensity of light is then measured by a solid state detector and converted into an analogical signal proportional to the intensity of light received This si gnal is further converted into a digital result and processed by a u processor r ANALYTICALS CHAMBER ILTERS REVOLVER TE W ILTERS QUARTZ D MOTOR CUVETTE LENS f PREAMPLIFIER DETECTOR Z EU FILTER ENS Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 131 9 4 Maintenance Remove the outside covers see instruction in 18 Maintenance 9 4 1 PHOTOMETER MODULE The maintenance procedure for the Photometer Module see 18 4 Photometer Module 9 4 2 REPLACEMENT OF THE PREAMPLIFIER To replace the preamplifier board see 18 4 Photometer Module 1 Disconnect connector J2 from board 17970 19 and remove cable if necessa ry remove the Photometer module Remove the screws and take out the preamplifier board Replace the new preamplifier making sure that the cable passes correctly through the cuvette reaction plate and that the optical window of the de tector is perfectly aligned and centered inside the hole Replace the Photometer if it was taken out and reconnect the cable onto co
132. V5 10 3 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of symptoms or problems and how to solve them To solve some of these problems us the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect Causes and Remedies Pump P1 does NOT start Pump P2 does NOT start Check the start up PWR ON voltage ofthe Sam pling System see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 03 Execute all the following Home positions HOME Z HOME ARM HOME PLATE HOME DILUTER and the Sampling Probe should be in position WASH Replace bpard EB0033 03 Check and if necessary replace board 18720 24 Check and if necessary replace the CPU slave board Sampling System 18720 8 Check the start up PWR ON voltage of the Re agent System see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 03 Execute all the following Home positions HOME Z HOME ARM HOME PLATE HOME DI LUTER and Reagent Probe should be in position WASH Replace bpard EB0033 03 Check and if necessary replace board 18720 24 Check and if necessary replace the CPU slave board Reagent System 18720 8 Operation to be done with analyzer turned OFF For the specific mainte e nance of the linear pump see Section 15 Human 146 Pump P4 does NOT start Pump P5 does NOT start Pump P6 does NOT start Check the start up PWR ON voltage of the Sam pling and Reagent Systems
133. Water inside or under the analyzer Causes and Remedy Pump has worked too long without liquid magnet is too hot wait and let it cool off See chapter 3 6 and 15 T S Guide See chapter 4 and 6 T S Guide chapter 4 and 10 T S Guide chapter 16 T S Guide Causes and Remedy See chapter 16 T S Guide Washing Arm does not work properly check the aspiration probe if blocked cle an probe internally with a steel wire Tubing in pump P5 is damaged or pump broken Valve V2 does not work properly it blocks check the recycling valve V2 and clean by blowing through it compressed air Check all pumps and their hydraulic con nections Check Cuvette Washing Arm Check the Manifold assembly Ger tename User manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 323 Leakage from tubing 37 overflow from WASTE container 48 Leakage under the Cuvette Washing Arm Wash solution remains inside the cuvettes Samples are contaminated Leak in Sampling Arm Leakage from tube 37 the over flow from incubation bath 66 19 14 Problems with Printer Defect Found Printer does not turn ON Printer is not ON LINE See chapter 16 T S Guide Check the liquid level sensor Cause and Remedy Make sure that the power connector is in serted properly Make sure that the printer is turned ON Make sure printer is set ON LINEA Make sure that in Options F9 the Check is set ON
134. agent and Sampling Probes are washed and dried Check presence of Wash Solution in its container Check liquid level in incubation chamber if necessary it will be automatically added Check liquid temperature inside the incubation chamber Measurement of a Water Blank on each filter to check the photometric Zero When all checks are done correctly the green START triangle becomes active 2 Procedure to TURN OFF the Analyzer Click on File displayed on top in the Operative Program Click on Exit and confirm with yes Before shut Down the program washes all the cuvettes and the Sampling Probes 3 In case of a Fatal Error see Chapter 17 17 1 Description the shut down ofthe analyzer may not be correct In that case when turned ON the system will wash all the cuvettes before doing the initial start up checks The daily maintenance requires the following Empty the WASTE container Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 309 Fill the Wash Solution Container with freshly prepared WASH solution using a good quality distilled water Bad quality water generates errors in the Li quid Level Sensors of the Probes and consequently also in results Check the liquid level in the container for the incubation chamber if neces sary add If ISE Module is installed check the level of Calibrator A At the end of the working day remove all the reagents bottles that require refrigeration and place them
135. ained personnel only observing all necessary safety precautions Instruments to be returned have to be accompanied by a decontamination certificate completed by the responsible laboratory manager If a decontamination certificate is not supplied the returning laboratory will be responsible for charges resulting from non acceptance of the instrument by the servicing centre or from authority s interventions Human ANE 1 7 Biohazard warning Analytical instruments for in vitro diagnostic application involve the handling of human samples and controls which should be considered at least potentially infectious Therefore every part and accessory of the respective instrument which mayhavecomeintocontactwithsuchsamplesmustequallybe considered as potentially infectious For safety reasons we have labeled instruments with the BIOHAZARD warning label below FIGURE 1 Biological Hazard Symbol Ger tename User manual SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 5 Notes Human A m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 7 2 THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 2 1 General Description HUMASTAR 300 is an automatic Random Access Clinical Chemistry Analyzer HUMASTAR 300 with its sophisticated updated software offers great versatili ty and speed of operation Its unique characteristics and user friendliness make this analyzer the top in its class with its productivity and throughput of 3
136. al number of the Analyzer Examine the shipping cartons for indications of damage e g crushed or inden ted walls holes or gouges water damage etc Have the carrier note any such damage on the delivery receipt this will simplify formulating a claim if any of the instruments or parts are damaged Open the carton from the top and remove the instrument with care As shown on the graph above It is recommended that two people help with the removal of the instrument from its carton and plastic bag Save all cartons and packing material until you are sure you have received everything and all is in good wor king condition Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 13 2 5 2 INSTALLATION The Analyzer system must be installed in the laboratory by specialized person nel At the time of installation the system will be checked to ensure proper ope rations During installation at least one person in the laboratory will be trained in operation and maintenance of the ANALYZER The HUMASTAR 300 a highly sophisticated high precision sensitive instrument Proper installation will ensure optimum performance 2 5 3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS The system should be mounted on a table or workbench in an area free from vibration draughts dust strong magnetic fields or direct sunlight 1 4 4 2 5 4 LIVEL SETTING OF ANALYZER The Analyzer has four adjustable pins indicated as PK n 4 in Figure 4 The pins have to be adjusted to ma
137. anual SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1 5 Disposal Management Concept The currently valid local regulations governing disposal must be observed It is in the responsibility of the user to arrange proper disposal of the individual components All parts which may comprise potentially infectious materials have to be disinfected by suitable validated procedures autoclaving chemical treatment prior to disposal Applicable local regulations for disposal have to be carefully observed The instruments and electronic accessories without batteries power packs etc must be disposed off according to the regulations for the disposal of electronic components Batteries power packs and similar power source have to be dismounted from electric electronic parts and disposed off in accordance with applicable local re gulations 1 6 Instrument Disinfection Analytical instruments for in vitro diagnostic involve the handling of human samples and controls which should be considered at least potentially infec tious Therefore every part and accessory of the respective instrument which may have come into contact with such samples must equally be considered as potentially infectious Before doing any servicing on the instrument it is very important to thoroughly disinfect all possibly contaminated parts Before the instrument is removed fromthe laboratory for disposal or servicing it must be decontaminated Decontamination should be performed by authorised well tr
138. ard 17970 23 Replace the CPU slave board Cuvette System 17970 8 Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 135 9 6 Spare Part List Code Sub Code 17970 30 EM0036 01 MA0149 01 86 07 86 08 674 020 005 MS0840 01 218 152 092 17970 90 18720 8 506 120 021 17970 19 PD0044 01 Description Photometer Assembly Motor Complete Filter wheel assembly Opto Sync Opto Home Lens Disc Sync Belt Preamplifier assembly Preamplifier board with photodi ode Photodiode A D Converter Programmed Device 9 7 Enclosed Documentation 9 7 1 18720 8 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 9 7 2 18720 8 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 9 7 3 17970 19 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 9 7 4 17970 19 B PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10 lt PPB assure rapid and effici e ent service to the clients HUMAN suggests to keep in stock all the parts marked with When ordering make sure to give the following informa tion Code Number Descripti on and Quantity Human ANE 136 d 4 5 Ft Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 137 SOLDER SIDE 387 D d COMPONENTS SIDE 4 b GND OUT P1 15 QUT SIGNAL Human SA 138 a gt o Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 139
139. ard or the multi serial board Check the the configuration of the multi serial port Reinstall the software via CD ROM Using the Diagnostic Program check the the temperature sensor of the incubati on bath The software is programmed to check this temperature before doing INIT if this is not done the program generates a Time Out Human As 198 Program is slow to come up Mouse pointer works but when clicking with the left no window opens BIOS does NOT recognize the HDD and displays on the moni tor DISK BOOT FAILURE BIOS does NOT recognize the FLOPPY DISK displays on the monitor FLOPPY DISK FAILURE Impossible to save or to read from a floppy disk Clock does not keep the time correctly Make sure that the BIOS recognizes cor rectly the computer PC board at 233MHz MMX and 64 Mb of memory Reinstall the software via CD ROM Replace the HDD Replace the computer PC board Click with the right on the monitor and re peat the operation Click using the central roller on any point on ther monitor and repeat the operation Check then the connection of power sup ply and the flat cable connection to the computer PC and the HDD Enter the BIOS and select IDE HDD AUTO DETECTION If the program gives all ZERO 0 values replace the HDD If the program recognizes the correct va lues exit the BIOS and repeat boot If the problem persists replace the flat ca ble Replace the comp
140. at the procedure in 18 6 2 1 Check Electronic Alignment from 2 to 6 6 4 Operation to be done using the Tester exe To rotate the Arms rotate e the encoder disk in small steps To rotate the Reagent Arm toward the Cuvette plate rotate the encoder disk clock wise To turn the Sampling Arm to ward the Cuvette plate turn the encoder disk anticlockwise FIGURE 60 Human ANE 288 5 If necessary repeat operations from 2 to 4 6 Tighten slightly the screw of the encoder disk 16 7 Click on HOME Z to reposition the probe Home Operation to be done with 18 6 2 3 Replace belt and motor of the Sampling Arm e Analyzer turned OFF The procedure is valid for both the Sampling and the Reagent Arms Replacement of Belt 1 Remove all connections between the Arm assembly and board 17970 20 17970 21 2 Remove the arm wiring from the panel 4 3 Disconnect the Probe tubing from under the mechanical assembly 4 Remove the four hexa screws 1 that hold the Arm assembly to panel 4 use a hexa key 3mm Figure 53 5 Loosen the screws and the hexa nuts that hold the motor 21 to the Arm assembly see Figure 52 Remove the belt 22 and replace it with an original one Reassemble as above in reverse Reconnect all wiring and tubing Realign the Arm see 18 6 2 3 Replace belt and motor of the Sampling Arm yo mo ND If necessary loosen screw e 17 that
141. aying the results The above operation is repeated 19 times for the reac tion plate After each plate rotation the filter wheel position decreases by one starting with filter 7 Filter cycle 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 During the test a beep is heard each time a measure ment is made by the ADC converter To execute the AIR PUMP test it is necessary to acti vate at the same time PWR ON and AIR on all three systems Reagents Sampling and Reactiuon cuvettes To activate the pump click on To stop the pump click on O To activate the valve click on To stop the valve click on O Position of the selected filter 1 1 specify the filter see 16 3 1 General Maintenance Photometer Module 1 16 3 1 At the end of the test stop the click on O in the rection cuvette zone When activating valve V1 stop pump P6 O At the end stop the val ve by clicking on O Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 247 VAIVEVE To activate the valve click on Atthe end stop the val To stop the valve click on O ve by clicking on 0 P PUMP To start pump click 1 Atthe end stop the val To stop pump click O ve by clicking on O To activate pump click To stop pump click 0 Before executing this test position the Washing Arm with its Probe inside one ofthe cuvettes as follows HOME plate HOME Z 2 P5 PUMP Enter parameter 355 inside
142. ble the parts on the new motor make sure the encoder board faces the right way see 11 Encoder Motore Reassemble everything and make sure to align the motor pulley 8 with that of the screw Adjust the tension of the belt and lock it with nuts 6 At the end proceed to align the Probe 18 6 1 2 To Align the Probe into Home Position 18 6 1 4 To Replace the Mixer Motor 1 Follow procedure from 1 to 3 in 18 6 1 2 To Align the Probe into Home Po sition above Remove connector of the wire connected to the level sensor board 124 02 Lift the Probe holder 2 remove it from cam 6 rotate it 18 6 1 4 Replace the Mixer Motor Remove cam 6 by loosening screw 5 key 1 5mm Operation to be made with Analyzer turned OFF Operation to be done with e Analyzerturned OFF Make sure not to loose the e isolation O ring 13 without it the Probe Liquid Level Sensor will not work Human ANE 286 FIGURE 59 5 Remove the motor screws 11 and replace the motor 6 Reassemble everything 50965 01 MS0950 01 At the end check the operation of the mixer using the Tester exe program by clicking on Mixer 18 6 2 SAMPLING ARM ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT This procedure is valid for both the Sampling and Reagent Arms 18 6 2 1 Check Electronic Alignment The check described herewith depends on the correct Home position of the Cu vette Plate If necessary align that plate firs
143. bration 1 An aliquot of Clean S solution is transferred from the Sample tray into the module to clean the electrodes 2 Automatically the electrodes are rinsed and cleaned with Calibrator A and measured the first calibration point 3 Finally the Calibrator B is transferred twice and the second calibration point is measured 4 It the calibration is correct A massage will be displayed with their cali bration values 5 Should there be a problem in the first calibration a massage will be displa yed indicating the problem Repeat Calibration 6 Should the problem persist refer to the Trouble Shooting Guide below To assure the correct operation of the system and to update the Quality Control Program it is recommended to run at least one or two serum controls daily When the ISE Module is in Standby in order to maintain the electrodes moist and ready for operation every 30 min a small quantity of Calibrator A is au tomatically aspirated 21 3 11 URINE DETERMINATION Urine samples are determined separately with automatic pre dilution before the tests on serum and plasma There is an automatic check made on the Standards that have to be below 10 of the previously calibrated data 21 3 12 MAINTENANCE 21 3 12 1 Replace Electrodes The electrodes once installed will perform for a period of 6 months or 10 000 tests Thereafter it is possible to have difficulty in calibration and doubtful results
144. built in into the HumaStar HS300SR for the automatic determination of Na K and Cl in Serum Plasma or diluted Urine The ISE Module can be installed in the factory or by a qualified Crony service engineer in the customers Lab The module is self sufficient all operations are automatic and all operation data transfer and exchange are controlled by the Analyzer through a dedicated serial line The ISE Module requires only a single Reagent Calibrator A which is both one of the calibrators as well as regenerates the electrodes A second Calibrator B is used as a second Standard and is located on the Sample tray together with all the other Standards and Calibrators During the operative cycle the Sampling probe transfers 90 ul of sample direct ly into the Module After each measurement there is an automatic wash with Calibrator A to avoid contamination and the carry over from sample to sample carryover The Module holds four electrodes for Na K Cl and a Reference Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 353 21 3 2 SOME HIGHLIGHTS AND SPECIFICATIONS Characteristics Integral sample entry port Small Sample size Electrodes mounted close to electronics Rapid operation only 30 sec cycle time No membranes to be serviced Easy access to pumps Two point calibration One point calibration with every sample Maintenance free electrodes SOME TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Benefits Minimizes sample carryover Only 90 ul
145. ck for obstruction in the washing Probes Check for obstruction in the tubing and its connections Check the pumping volume of washing pump P5 50ml in 90 sec 2 Human ANE 228 To assure a fast and effici e ent technical assistance to ones customers HUMAN sug gests to keep in stock the parts indicated with 9 When orde ring parts make sure to menti on Ger tename User manual Samples are contaminated Leak in the Sampling Probe Liquid spills from the top of the Check the efficiency of the cuvette washing pump P5 the washing pump to probe P4 and the Air Pump Make sure that the connection tubing Pro be is airtight Make sure the syringe piston is airtight Make sure the connections of the syringe to its holder are airtight Make sure pumps P1 and P2 are airtight tubing is well squeezed by its holder Check pump P4 and make sure that its speed of rotation is according to specs Probe Washing Well 55 16 7 Spare Part List see section 8 Code Sub_Code Description OTY 17930 Peristaltic Pump Assembly P1 P2 1 EB0033 03 Electronic board 1 0025 01 Motor 1 MC0024 01 9 Rotor pump 1 A01120 01 Connector IN 1 MC0167 01 e Connector OUT 1 17932 PeristalticPump Assembly P4 1 EB0033 02 Electronic board 1 0023 01 Motor 1 MC0024 01 Rotor pump 1 A01120 01 e Connector IN 1 A01121 01 e Connector OUT 1 17931 Peristaltic Pump Assembly P5 1 EB0033 01 Electronic board 1 EM0023 01 Mot
146. cription Encoder vertical move ment of Probe SAMPLE and REAGENT Encoder rotational Arm movement REAGENTS Encoder rotational Arm movement SAMPLE Synchronizing Signal Signal transmission serial data Serial clock signal Manufacturing Flow chart for Encoder assembly EB0072 XX or EB0120 XX PCB 1 FR 4 P Electronics Assy EA0044 XX or EA0076 XX Mechanical Assy step motor jumpers Join gt position ENCODER MOTORE 159 Scheda Descrizione Dispositivo Layo Ref Software P N TABLE 13 EB0072 01 Encoder PIC16F84A U1 PD0053 01 Hist Devices DOCUMENTATION EB0072 01 A SC electrical diagram EB0072 01 A PM assembly drawing 11 1 Encoder Motor Home P N EB0120 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Its function is to verify the correct operation of the stepper motors On the motor axis is mounted a disk with a small hole and two concentric windows at 90 between them When passing through the two opto switches D1 and D3 they generate two e symmetric square waves CH A CH B By turning the disk with 5 the small hole passes a third opto switch D2 that generates 2 SYNC signal every 360 When the signal SYNC 2 coincides with the external signal HOME this becomes the correct mechanical ZERO Data is sent via a serial line SCL serial cl
147. cription Device Layo Ref Software P N EB0122 01 Driver pump COP8SAA716 U1 PD0024 01 List of programmable devices DOCUMENTATION 122 01 0 5 electrical diagram EB0122 01 0 PM assembly drawing 10 2 Maintenance Operation to be done with Remove the outside panes See 18 Maintenance analyzer turned OFF The replacement procedu 10 2 1 REPLACEMENT PERISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER BOARD ere for all four pumps is ex The rotation of all the pumps is anticlockwise actly the same For the specific 1 Empty the tubing and then remove it maintenance of the peristaltic 2 Remove the holding screws disconnect the connectors and take out the pumps see Section 14 pump i 3 Remove the two nuts and replace the pump 4 Reassemble the pump following the block diagram to identify the correct Make sure to substitute connectors for both power supply and the signals e the pumps with exactly the same type and Code Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 145 10 2 2 REPLACEMENT OF THE LINEAR PUMP DRIVER BOARD P6 1 Remove the power connector from the board the terminals from the pump and then remove the screws 2 Replace the driver board and reassemble following the reverse sequence Make sure that the connections fasten type are well inserted the Black cord should be inserted into the terminal of the pump on the V4 side and the red cord into the terminal of the thermic switch side of
148. ction Reagent Probe 17C P00 D CWR Direction Diluter D2 Reagents 34 17A P01 35 18C P02 BR_CWR Direction Reagent Arm 36 18A P03 PI CWR Direction Reagent B Plate 55 ads PRR Start Up Down gent Probe 38 19A Pos gp opp M ee ON OF Rea gent System 39 20C I2CSDAR Serial Data Line 40 20A P07 I2CSCLR Serial Clock line 41 21C P92 42 21A PAO 43 22C 1 44 22 2 45 23C PA3 46 23A PA4 47 24C PAS 48 24A PA6 49 25C PA7 En JEX DR Start Diluter D2 Rea gents 51 26C PB1 E_P2R Start Pump P2 Ft Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 77 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 Item 1 OU UN 10 26A 27C 27A 28C 28A 29C 29A 30C 30A 31C 31A 32C 32A Terminal J1 Label U1 U8 1A 5V 1C 5V 2A GND 2C GND 3A 12V 3C AGND 4C P30 4A 1 5 P70 5A 71 2 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 PCO PC1 PC2 PC3 PC5 PC6 PC7 P20 P90 P91 P93 PC4 E E PIR D_LOWR P2 LOWR BR LOWR LOWR PR LOWR E MIXERR BEEPER Start Reagent Arm Start Reagent Plate Low power Motor Diluter D2 Low power Motor Pump P2 Low power Motor Reagent Arm Low power Motor Reagent Plate Low power motor Reagent Probe Start Mixer Acoustic signal Table signals CPU Measurement System Signal Label TX232C RX232C SENSOR S1C BUSY F Descr
149. cuits 05 and U6 Adjust the off set of the amplifier U1 with trimmer PR2 The voltage on TP3 should be between 5mV and 15mV when the input signal on TP2 is zero volt Kei OFFSET With an input voltage on INPUT 2 TP2 of 1 volt the output voltage on TP3 should be 4 3 POWER volt adjust with PR1 23 V 23 DATA OUT u2 ADC CONYERTER Busy BYTE 5 START CONV CONTROLLER Ger tename User manual DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 129 Ref Check Point Range 1 TP4 5 0 2V 2 Pin 14 5 0 2V 3 5 15 0 25V 4 TP6 15 0 25V All voltages are referred to GND D GND JP1 0 25 us 0 005 4MHz FIGURE 35 Clock signal 15 U3 2 2Vpp gt T FIGURE 36 JP1 Closed soldered Position jumpers Board Description Device Layo Ref Software P N FIGURE 37 17970 19 ADC Conv PIC16F84A U3 PD0044 01 List ofn programmed Devices DOCUMENTATION 17970 19 A SC electrical diagram 17970 19 B PM assembly drawing Human EE T uu u Lu 130 FIGURE 38 9 3 Photometer P N 17970 30 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The HumasStar 300 photometer has eight narrow band interference filters inside a filter wheel A halogen light source passes through the filters to produce a monochromatic light to measure the intensity of color ofthe reaction inside the quartz reaction cuvette The system is shown fig 36 aligned on an optical axis The light produced by the halogen lamp U
150. d HOME od aspiration ARM sure that both the Probe and 1 ARM If itis in HOME it will repeatthe operation the Sample tray are in HOME 16 3 1 position HOME Activate command HOME the Syringe piston 1 DILUTER If itis in HOME it will repeat the operation 16 3 1 DO NOT exceed the Maximum Activate the command to move the Probe range as shown on the table on the right starting sample max 350 from HOME position Reagent max 800 See Before running this test EE max 590 2 2 Warnings Position Probe and Plate ro HOME 400 16 3 1 Insert the parameter into the space Primari tube max 800 mm 10 decimal of millimeters see War Pre dilution max 700 nings module ISE 250 clean cal B 180 The test activates a of a random ae Saeed Maximum movement of the PROBE Enter the number of cycles into window mm 10 SAMPLE pamiples max 350 TEST REPEATS I plurali c entrano MAR es Ge 1 TEST Z Before running this test Warnings wash max 400 16 3 1 Position the probe and the sample tray into Home position Insert the parameter into the space Primari tube max 800 Pre dilution max 700 mm 10 See Warnings module ISE 250 clean cal B 180 The test moves the Sample plate into the MOVE SAMP 1 selected position Before running this test place 1 PLATE Before running this test enter the parame Probe into postion HOME 16 3 1 ter in
151. der Motore 15 Align the motor pulley with that of the plate 16 Pull the motor to tighten the the belt 8 block screws 9 17 Reconnect the wiring to the motor and the encoder board 1 on the driver board EB0092 02 previously disconnected 18 Align the Sample Tray as described in 18 6 4 3 Electronic Alignment of Sam ple Tray Human As 296 Before running this test 18 7 Measurement System e we suggest to check and to write down on the report sheet the photometric measure ments of each of the 8 filters measured at the amplifier out put This will serve as reference before doing any technical re pairs Table 17 serve to transcribe the values measured at the output of the first stage of the amplifier suggest to make each measurement twice TABLE 19 Position Filter nm TP2 volt Conversion A D JO um P U N P Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 297 18 7 1 CHECK REACTION AND MEASUREMENT PLATE 18 7 1 1 To Replace a single cuvette 1 Empty the incubation chamber in one of two ways Kit 17950 contains 5 cali Using Tester exe click in sequence PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate brated cuvettes HOME Filter TB Drain in the cuvette section From Maintenance Program F8 in Measurement System click on Drain Liquid Bath see 18 2 3 Reaction and Measurement System Checks Remove screw 1 and turn the washing arm 2 to 180 Figure 62 Remove knob 5 and the
152. displayed the Transmission Use the ADJ Horizz Knob to obtain the maximum value loosening screws 3 or 4 and rotate the ADJ Vertic Knob 1 2 to maximize the value Lock the lamp with its blocking screw If necessary repeat the alignment to obtain an optimum value of 60 to 90 14 Repeat this test for each of the 8 filters making sure that the value obtained is above the 60 and less then 90 15 Insert the second lamp wait at least 1 min to stabilize the lamp 16 Repeat the operations as above starting with point 12 to align the second lamp 17 To align the signal of the two lamps select the lamp with the higher signal and reduce it accordingly using the ADJ Vertic Knob When finished reinsert the side panel Procedure 2 lamp alignment using the Diagnostic Program Tester exe The same alignment operations can be made using the Tester exe in the Service Disk 18 Turn ON the Analyzer as soon as the Window display appears press the CTRL key until the program is loaded 19 Insert the disk into drive A click on Floppy A and proceed with program TESTER EXE 20 In section Cuvette click in succession on PWR ON HOME Z HOME PLATE HOME FILTER 21 Click on Photometer to open window Figure 45 22 Pipette into cuvette 38 some 500 ul of dist Water 23 Click on WATER B to display the decimal value of transmission under the Water B column the values have to be larger then
153. ds out Below are described some of the important notes that are common to many of the tests Human A 238 Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 All movements have a fixed timing for execution beyond which they are stopped To repeat a test it is necessary to reactivate PWR ON whenever there is a problem such as a motor loosing steps or finds friction or an obstacle the system automatically disables the move ment by interrupting the power supply of 24 V The error is shown on the TESTER display on the top left Before executing a movement Probes Arms or plates make sure to bring the PROBES into HOME position The test does not control in consistent commands If an execution of a command goes beyond the maximum allowed time the system stops automatically To repeat the test first press manually RESET button on the CPU slave board controlling this parti cular system thereafter activate PWR ON 17 3 2 UTILITY REAGENT SYSTEM Follow the figure REAGENT PROBE Homez MoveZ TestZ BE Tester Ver 2 0 0 PLATE Home Move Test POWER ARM Home Move Test PUMPS Air P1 P2 Mixer DILUTER Home Move Test LEVEL guevelsensor s BAR CODE SENSOR AStart Ver Number of cycles for the test to run only for casual movements TEST REAGENT TESTS REPEATS Ger
154. e ISE Clean and click START Repeat this operation at least twice Make sure that the cup with CLEAN S solution is present on the Sample Tray in its position 2 Activate ISE Purge and click START Repeat this operation at least three times 3 Activate ISE Calibration and click START Repeat the operation twice Make sure the cup with fresh Cal B solution is present in its position on the Sam ple Tray 4 The results obtained should be within the values shown below from 50a 63 mv d CalK from 50 a 63 mv d from 40 53 mv d This operation will be necessary especially if the 5 Module has been used for a long time or when the electrodes are dirty or old The test above indicates that the ISE Module is working correctly If the above results are not obtained the module might need special maintenance or service Two possible situations can occur 1 One or more results during calibration are not within the specified range 5 possible that the electrode is old and exhausted Next to the result that is out of range will be added the Error ISE 2 None of the results are within the specified range The problem can also be the Reference electrode in that case a massage is displayed Check the solution inside the Reference electrode there is a little marble inside that controls the salinity of the solution If the marble is on Human ANE 372 the bottom the soluti
155. e driver modules 17970 20 23 Check that the yellow LED DL7 is ON on the encoder boards EA0076 xx of the three plates With the sensor cable connected check the signal variation from LLL to LLH on pini on connector P1 With the sensor cable connected check the power supply voltage of sensor 1 2 V on pin 4 of connector P1 Replace the sensor Description OTY HOME Sample Plate 1 SYNC filter wheel 1 HOME filter wheel 1 HOME Sampling Arm 1 HOME Reagent Arm 1 HOME Cuvette Washing Arm 1 HOME Cuvette Plate 1 HOME Reagent Plate 1 HOME Reagent and Sampling Probes 2 Ger tename User manual OPTICAL SENSOR P N EB0086 XX PN EA0071 01 P N EA0075 01 181 13 4 Enclosed Documentation 13 4 1 EB0086 00 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 13 4 2 EA0071 75 00 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM Human a eee 182 TO SENSORE probe woe Ger tename User manual OPTICAL SENSOR P N EB0086 XX PN EA0071 01 P N EA0075 01 183 Human gt gt 184 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N 0199 01 185 14 COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 CD ROM optional DESCRIPTION The computer module see the block diagram consists of a passive back plane board 17810 7 a CPU Master board 17889 and a multi serial board 910 002 031 The CPU master board has the following funct
156. e Reagent and Sampling Systems see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 24V on JP1 Remove the connector from the motor JP2 andcheck its resistance about 10 Ohm if ne cessary replace the mixer motor EM0038 01 In the Diagnodtic program activate the test MIXER Check on pin 2 of JP1 a signal variati on from 0 to 5V If absent replace the CPU slave board 17970 8 Reagents or Sampling System From the Diagnostic Program activate the test MIXER Check between pin 1 e 2 of JP2 about 24V if absent replace the board 17970 31 Description OTY Level sensor board 1 Flexible flat cable 1 12 4 Enclosed Documentation 12 4 1 17970 31 0 SC ELECTICAL DIAGRAM 12 4 2 17970 31 0 PM ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS Ger tename User manual LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR P N 17970 31 175 Human A R s 176 TO SENSORE probe of m 2222 gt 2X2 gt 9 nn Ger tename User manual LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR P N 17970 31 177 Human A 178 Ger tename User manual OPTICAL SENSOR P N EB0086 XX PN EA0071 01 P N EA0075 01 179 13 OPTICAL SENSOR P N EB0086 XX PN EA0071 01 P N EA0075 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This device an Optical switch is used in several modules to detect the cor rect mechanical position of HOME or SYNC These have two levels LOW or HIGH LLL o LLH namely 0 5 V The boards are as follows EB0086 06 s
157. e Washing Arm Motor Remove the Sample Tray Remove the blocking knobs 4 from the top panel Place in the center opening both the Reagent and Sampling Arms Mous Remove the top panel 5 18 3 1 3 Back Panel 1 Remove all the electrical connectors from the power supply Remove screws 11 and washers 12 to remove the back panel 13 All the procedures described below may seem complica ted however the authorized service engineers will know which panel or all panels to remove when performing maintenance on the Analyzer DO NOT touch the plexiglas when removing the top cover it maybe easily ruined Human ANE 274 FIGURE 50 FIGURE 51 18 3 1 4 To Replace the Plexiglas Panel 1 Remove screws 15 that hold the Plexiglas panel to the hinge and remove it 2 Remove screws 8 and washers 9 3 4 Insertthe new panel and assemble in reverse as described above Remove the supports 6 and 7 from the panel Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 275 18 4 Photometer Module 18 4 1 PHOTOMETER Reaction and Measurement System Incubation chamber Cuvette plate Washing System Photometer module with lamp 18 4 1 1 To Replace Photometer Lamp Remove the side panel Disconnect the photometer lamp from its power supply board Remove the lamp holding knob Remove the knob of horizontal Adjustment Replace the lamp DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP WITH YOUR FINGERS Use
158. e below During this phase no e othet commands are a 2 accepted In any case avoid Home Z to activate other tests which MoveZ TestZ may create malfunctions PLATE Home Move 2 gm POWER On ARM Off Home Move Test PUMPS LR Air DILUTER P1 P2 Home Mixer Move Test LEVEL Levelsensor 5 _Barcoda BAR CODE SENSOR Tg 402 Number of cycles to be performed only forthe TEST Random movement SAMPLE TEST REPEATS To start activate PWR ON 24V for the circuits with that command are also transferred to the CPU slave all the Test parameters for the Sampling System IMPORTANT The tests can be run ONLY when all the moving parts are in HOME position Each time a command is activated the Sysyem area Samples will assume a RED color at the end of testing i twill return Black Human A 250 Utility of the Sample System com PAPAE Description Warnings Note mand ter Paragraph PWR OFF Cut voltage of 24V to the Sampling System Activate the 24 V to the Sampling System PWR ON test parameters will be transferred automa tically HOME 7 N com mad HOME for Probe If it is in HOME it will repeat the operation Before running this test make HOME Activate command HOME of the Sample Tray sure that Brobeiie in HOME 1 PLATE If itis in HOME it will repeat the operation m 16 3 1 position Before running this test make HOME Activate comman
159. e sync disk 14 until the split is exactly in the center of the opto A tighten the screw 22 12 Replace the Diluter into its place in the analyzer Reassemble the syringe and reconnect the tubing At the end check the Diluter operation using the Diagnostic program Every 12 months place a few drops of very light oil on the screw 15 Ger tename User manual MISCELLANEOUS 205 15 5 1 2 To replace the Syringe Wi PWN P Remove screw 5 and knob 4 that holds the piston Attention do not loose the isolating was her 10 Unscrew the syringe 2 Remove the O ring 3 Replace the syringe make sure to reinsert the correctly the O ring 3 Remount the syringe onto the diluter Make sure to insert the isolating washer 10 and align the piston 1 e Piston Syringe cylinder O ring Fixing screw for piston nylon Fixing screw for syringe ON Operation to bedoneincase ofaleak abreak or badly reproducible results Syringe holder Knob holder of the teflon tubing Tubing to pump P1 and P2 Tubing to Sampling Probe Isolating washer nylon Human SD 206 Operation to be e done with Ana lyzer turned ON DO NOT LEAVE the Analyzer e ON and the Thermostat wi thout liquid for more then 5 min The heating element may over heat and create considerable da mage Procedure to be with Analyzer turned OFF and the hydraulics empty 15 5 2 THERMOSTAT
160. eagent syringe which fills the circuit with Wash Solution and washes the circuit including the inside of the probe after each operation Pump P4 17932 washes the probe externally AIR pump AY0121 02 dries the probe externally Washing device 55 where the probe dips to be washed internally P2 and externally P4 and dried by the by the AIR pump 16 2 Hydraulics of the Incubation Bath Consists in Thermostat 66 AY0131 01 heats the liquid in the thermostat and maintains the solutions in the cuvettes at a temperature of 37 C Pump P6 17941 1 and valve V4 17940 circulate the liquid continuously inside the incubation bath Incubation chamber 65 inside is the moving cuvette plate that is both in cubated and measured Human sS PE 222 Operations described in e this section have to be done with Analyzer turned OFF 16 3 Hydraulics of Washing and Drying the Cuvettes Consists in Pump P5 17931 dispenses Wash Solution into the cuvettes Pump P8 17937 aspirates the Wash Solution from the cuvettes Pump P3 17937 aspirates the residues of liquid inside the cuvettes AIR pump 17904P pumps air into the cuvettes to dry them Washing Arm complete with Probe 17936 16 4 Waste Hydraulics Consists in Pump P7 17937 empties the waste receptacle WASTE 64 Pump P3 17937 aspirates the residue inside the cuvettes Pump P8 17937 aspirates the Washing Solution inside the
161. ed in 18 6 3 2 Alignment of the Rea gent Plate Replace the Motor 5 Remove all connections from the motor 15 and from the encoder board on the driver board EB0092 06 6 Remove the screws and nuts 12 7 To extract the motor remove The pulley by loosening the screws hexa key 1 5 mm Screws 5 and the encoder board 1 Figure 54 The encoder disk 2 loosening the screws and the spacer Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 293 8 Reassemble the parts on the new motor make sure to mount the encoder board 1 correctly 11 Encoder Motore 9 To reassemble the motor proceed in reverse make sure to align the pulleys before tightening the screws and nuts 12 Figure 56 10 Pull motor 15 and stretch the belt 13 tighten the screws and nuts 12 11 Reconnect wiring to the motor 15 to the encoder board on driver board 92 06 previously disconnected 12 Realign the Reagent Chamber as described in 18 6 3 2 Alignment of the Re agent Plate 18 6 4 SAMPLE PLATE 18 6 4 1 Check electronic alignment 1 Click in sequence PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Arm HOME Operation to be done DIL on section Sample e using Tester exe Insert a sample cup into position 1 of the sample tray In section Arm control select sample 1 from menu Position and click MOVE ARM 4 In section Probe control enter 300 into space mm 10 click MOVE 2 to lower the Probe
162. eplace a single cuvette Remove screws 30 and the photometer 11 Figure 62 and Figure 65 Remove screw 12 and the level sensor 13 Figure 62 Disconnect tubing 27 28 29 Figure 65 Loosen screws 9 and 10 hexa key 3 and 4mm to reduce tension on the belt 37 Figure 62 and Figure 65 Remove pulley 46 by loosening screws 36 Remove the center axis 35 Figure 66 Remove screws 28 and take out the Incubation Chamber 7 Replace the Incubation Chamber 7 with a new one Re assemble everything working in reverse Proceed to re align mechanically the Cuvette Plate 18 7 1 5 Align the Cu vette Plate Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 299 FIGURE 67 18 7 1 5 Align the Cuvette Plate This procedure is divided into two parts Electronic alignment must be done each time one replaces the Cuvette Plate the Wash Arm position remains always the same Pre alignment mechanical has to be done each time the incubation cham ber is replaced the motor or the transmission belts Electronic Alignment 1 Click in sequence in section Cuvette PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate Operation to be done using HOME Filter theTester exe Figure 60 2 Make sure that cuvette N 1 is positioned underthe Air Probe of the Washing Arm 3 In section Washing Arm control enter 300 into the space mm 10 and click MOVE Z to lower the Arm 4 If the Probe touches the wall
163. er When empty turn OFF the analyzer Remove the hydraulic connections see hydraulic schematics HY0012 01 Chapter 16 Tubing 20 21 50 from chamber 65 Tubing 8 11 from container 64 Tubing 12 13 16 from connector 81 see also 18 7 2 3 Alignment and Adjustment Tubing 3 from connectors 5 Remove the following electronic connections see Chapter 3 Block Diagram E10110 01 Connector P1 from pre amplifier from A D converter board 17970 19 Connectors from modules Cuvette Plate Photometer Washing station Sampling and Reagent Arm rotation Sampling and Reagent Probes inclu ding their driver boards connector P1 level sensor incubation chamber Connector P1 lamp from power supply board 17970 10 Remove screws 32 hexa key 4mm Figure 66 Remove with care the Measurement System from above 18 7 2 CUVETTE WASHING ARM 18 7 2 1 Check alignment of the Washing Arm Before proceeding with the below operations make sure that the Cuvette Plate is aligned correctly as described in 18 7 1 5 Align the Cuvette Plate Click in sequence in Cuvette section on PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Filter Make sure that cuvette N 1 is under the AIR probe ofthe of the Washing Arm In section Washing Arm control enter 3005 in the space 10 and click MOVE Z to lower the arm If the probe touches the cuvette wall align the Washing Arm see 18 7 2 3 Alignment a
164. er Module See chapter 9 T S Guide Probable cause missing signal HOME from Photometer Module See chapter 9 T S Guide Probable cause Photometer Filter Wheel does NOT turn See chapter 9 T S Guide Probable cause missing the SYNC signal See chapter 11 T S Guide Probable cause difficulty in reading the number of steps of the motor See chapter 11 T S Guide Probable cause friction in the moving parts There is NO correspondence bet ween the movement number of steps and the number identified by the Enco der See chapter 11 T S Guide Probable cause problem in communica tion with the CPU slave on the serial line See chapter 11 T S Guide Probable cause problem in communica tion with the CPU slave on the serial line See chapter 14 T S Guide See chapter 14 T S Guide See chapter 6 T S Guide See chapter 11 T S Guide Human ANE 326 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 327 20 ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS Make reference also to the list of spare parts enclosed in each section of this indicate Service Manual When ordering parts please Code Number Description Quantity 20 1 Accessories and General Spare Parts CODE DESCRIPTION 00740 01 Plastic sample Cups Bag of 2000 KG0046 01 Reagent Bottles 40 ml box of 50 17905 S Reagent Bottles 5ml 756 020 040 Rotor pump 3 P7 P8 tubing
165. erature the window remains closed The selection is made by turning the device located next to each reagent position number Each container has a built in transparent window for automatic identification by a bar code reader For more details see section Bar Code Reader Optional module Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 19 2 7 5 REAGENT ARM The Reagent Arm holds the Probe which is connected to the diluter The Pro be aspirates the reagent and deposits it into the reaction cuvette The Arm has three positions Reagent bottle reaction cuvette washing well The Reagent Probe has a built in liquid level sensor which determines the volume of reagent in each Reagent Bottle which in turn is converted into number of tests present in each bottle according to the requirements of the particular test When there is insufficient reagent in the bottle it will be flagged when adding a second reagent the Probe becomes also a mixer which enters the reaction cuvette to mix the solution with the freshly added reagent FIGURE 11 Sampling Arm of Reagent System CUVETTE oue DI LAVAGGIO POSIZIONE REAGENTI 2 7 6 SAMPLE TRAY The Sample Tray consists of a central body surrounded by four segments with 10 places each for Patient primary tubes and a small pre dilution cups The central part contains 4 places for STATS and 16 places for Standards and Controls each ofthem has a corresponding place for
166. es the command to move the reaction plate Before executing this MOVE Before running the test test bring the Washing 1 PLATE Enter into the Test window Cuv the cuvette nuber Probe into position 16 3 1 1 39 HOME Bef ting thi Enables to move the reaction plate in a random move b 2 e 5 test bring the Washing 1 TEST PLATE ment for a number of cycles entered in Test window T CUVETTE TESTS REPEATS Probe into position 16 3 1 Human 246 MOVE FILTERS TEST FILTERS STOP amp GO AIR PUMP VALVE V4 See warning Enables the CPU slave to rotate the photometer filter wheel For this test enter the parameter into Test window Filter This test rotates the filter wheel in a random ment for the number of times entered in CUVETTE TESTS REPEATS At the end of the test the filterbwheel stops in HOME position This test enables the filter wheel and the reaction plate to run the following cycle To activate click on 5 8 GO II ciclo operativo comprende 1 Position HOME filter wheel Blank 2 Position HOME reaction plater cuvette 38 in front of photometer 3 Rotates plate with cuvette 1 is in front of photometer 4 Selects filter 7 5 Automatic measurement of ADC converter without displaying the results 6 Rotates plate with cuvette 2 in front of photometer 7 Selects filter 6 8 Automatic measurement of ADC converter without displ
167. etween the Master PC and ISE module is missing or bad see all connections or the signal of the air bubble detector on TP13 of ISE control board code N EB0181 02 does not work properly see 21 3 3 1 How changes the air bubble signal TP13 during a purge cycle It is recommended to calibrate the ISE module daily together with all the other methods of clinical chemistry Place some 500 ul of Calibrator B into a plastic sample cup and another with 500 u of Clean S solution and place them both into their reserved places on the Sample Tray Use fresh cups and fresh solutions daily DO NOT add fresh solu tions to the cups ofthe day before Program the calibration for Na K and CI together with all the other methods daily We also suggest to run at least one or two Serum Controls daily it will take only two minutes more but it will confirm the correct operation of the analyzer Human EE n 366 When a programmed calibra e tion has not been successful due to a faulty electrode or mis sing Cal A or Cal B etc the ISE Mo dule cannot operate properly In case a Only one of the three electrodes is faulty the analyzer will report the values of the other two b If no daily calibration has been done or programmed the analyzer will run the tests using the values of the last calibration done In any case we highly re commend to run at least one or two Serum Controls to assure that the results are correct Cali
168. exa key 2mm Remove screws 6 and the motor 8 Replace it with a new one 10 Re assemble the new motor 8 on its support and screw 13 without blo cking the screws 7 11 Insert screw 13 alongside the ball bearing 12 Rotate screw 13 counterclockwise in order to lower the arm support 11 all the way down 13 Block screws 7 and re assemble everything onto the measurement panel 9 following the operations in reverse To reconnect all the tubing see the hydraulic schematics HY0012 01 in Chapter 16 and Figure 63 Mechanical Alignment 14 Insert device D 2 with the small hole in the up position into cuvette 1 15 Position cuvetta N 1 under the AIR probe of the Washing Arm Home positi on ofthe plate 16 Make sure that the support 2 of the Washing Arm is in parallel with line 15 of the hole on the measurement panel 9 Figure 65 If necessary loosen screws 12 and correct the alignment 17 Lower support 11 by moving the screw 13 use a 3mm screwdriver by means the hole into the plastic support positioned on the top 18 Align the Probes by adjusting the screws 3 19 Finished the mechanical alignment check as described in 18 7 2 1 Check ali gnment ofthe Washing Arm Operation to be done with analyzer turned OFF Human As 306 It might be a good idea e to repeat this cleaning a couple of times FIGURE 72 Top View Measurement System 18 7 2 5 Cleaning and
169. faf S 756050010 Pompo ine faf S 755 020 082 mro cco Jof j 1 Tuo09701 Tubo raccordo ft scone 4 7 18 2 1v0045 02 Tube scarico e 1 swcone 15 3 230 73 or Irene soturione meubatore 74 1v0099 01 Tubo useito oro 1 Teve fare 1000 175 161 035 005 Lesser 76 10015501 _ tube d protezione 1 me Los ja 27 1v0122 01 1 15 3 115 78 1v0125 01 Tubo aas 1 15 3 7 1u0151 01 Tubo scarico lovaggio cuvette 1 15 3 130 80 1v0152 01 Tubo orio 55 12 81 ag lovaggio cette 1 1 82 A TT 234 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 235 17 TEST PROGRAM 17 1 Description The Test Program guides the technician to trouble shoot for a possible error or problem This particular Diagnostic Program independent of the maintenance operating program is especially dedicated for the technical service engineer Each analyzer part or module can be checked and tested to assure its correct operation Ideal for a programmed maintenance as well as in routine trouble shooting for errors or breakdowns This program enables to check control and verify the following functions
170. g 8 MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY 0113 01 0114 01 8 1 M B MOTOR CONTROL MOTOR P N 17970 26 8 2 M B MOTOR CONTROL P N 17970 26 8 3 DRIVER FOR STEPPER MOTOR P N 17970 20 23 8 4 MAINTENANCE CONTROL MOTOR ASSEMBLY 8 4 1 Driver module replacement 8 4 2 Replacement of M B Contorl motor board 60 68 68 69 69 69 74 82 85 85 85 86 89 90 90 90 90 90 97 99 99 100 101 101 101 101 105 105 107 109 111 111 111 8 5 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 8 6 SPARE PART LIST 8 7 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 8 7 1 17970 26 A SC electrical diagram 8 7 2 17970 26 assembly drawing 8 7 3 17970 26 5 electical diagram 8 7 4 17970 26 assembly drawing 8 7 5 EB0092 01 A SC electrical diagram 8 7 6 EB0092 02 A PM assembly drawing 8 7 7 EB0092 03 A PM assembly drawing 8 7 8 092 04 assembly drawing 8 7 9 EB0092 05 A PM assembly drawing 8 7 10 EB0092 06 A PM assembly drawi 115 9 DATA PROCESSING OF THE OPTICAL SIGNAL 10 9 1 PREAMPLIFIER P N 18720 8 9 2 CONVERTER A D P N 17970 19 9 3 PHOTOMETER P N 17970 30 9 4 MAINTENANCE 9 4 1 Photometer Module 9 4 2 Replacement of the preamplifier 9 5 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 9 6 SPARE PART LIST 9 7 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 9 7 1 18720 8 A SC electrical diagram 9 7 2 18720 8 A PM assembly drawing 9 7 3 17970 19 A SC electrical diagram 9 7 4 17970 19 B PM assembly drawing PERSISTALTIC PUMP DR
171. g 1 c 24 e ruoos2 0r washing reag probe tubing 1 2 4 Le 10 053 01 somele probe tubing 1 2 4 90 1 11 58 01 Je probe tig 1 c Lu 700 12 tuoossor Je tubing fsucowe 55 750 3 15005601 waste tubing washing cuvette 2 Isucone 15 3 en 1 j 4 ing in fi 17 15 TU0093 01 Tubing in me TU0093 01 Tubing in filter 20 2 23 Tu0082 01 Pump tubing 4 swicone 2 5 125 24 Tu0066 01 West termostat 1 smconel275 200 25 TU0067 01 Wr tube washing reog probing 1 2 5 90 26 Tu0066 01 __ tubing washing samp probd suicone 2 5 27 5100501 Jever sensor doj 28 005 01 29 5100501 Refer level doado 30 us005 01 ke revet 11 31 2501 Leg sensor won sotution J f 32 tu0070 01 Wes tubing c 33 TU0095 01 n fitter tubing sss 10 34 Hs1104 01 connection dof 35 sensor washinot 10007101 rank water wncubstor tubmg 1 2 4 1200 37 10007204 ting c Isa iso se tuoo73 00 Waste tubing 35 39 tuo074 01 Jet pump tubing 2 1 3 200 40 tu0088 01 air pump connection 3 SticoNE 5 5 50 41 TUNNA
172. g System Note Para Command Description Warning Para meter graph PWR OFF S power supply to the modules of the System 24 PWRON Axtivates power supply 24 V to the modules of the System and loads the working parameters HOMEZ Enables command HOME of the cuvette washing Probe 1 If it is in HOME it repeats operation 16 3 1 HOME f Before executing this 1 PLATE Enables command HOME of the reaction cuvette plate test bring the washing pud Probe to position HOME DOME Enables command HOME of the filter wheel Se FILTERS 16 3 1 Enabl d of hing Probe Bef i un of washing Probe Before running DONOTexceedthermax MOVE Z 355 f 355 10 Insert the parameter into Test window mm 10 TR 16 3 1 Position HOME reaction plate Parameter mm 10 defines the Probe move Enables a series of random movements of the washing ment DO NOT exceed Probe for the number of cycles programmed in the Test the max valiue of 355 window CUVETTE TESTS REPEATS mm 10 Before executing this test E PERS Program the parameter in the Test window mm 10 y 1 TEST 2 355 m in operation suggest Position HOME the reaction plate io yaiksintilthe endof 6 3 1 The Probe moves from HOME to the programmed value in operation and repeat the HOME position of mm 10 The number of cycles are those programmed Se Probe in READING TESTS REPEATS j M DO NOT repeat more then 5 cycles of this test Enabl
173. gible form open the files in EXCEL and insert the following parameters a Select the type of file that is best for the data Select DELIMIT Autocomposizione Testo ha riscontrato che i dati sono delimitati Scegliere Avanti o il tipo dati che meglio si adatta ai dati Tipo dati originali Scegliere il tipo di File che meglio si adatta ai dati Con campi separati da caratteri quali virgole o tabulazioni Larghezza fissa Con campi allineati in colonne e separati da spazi Inizia ad importare alla riga fi Origine file Windows ANSI v Anteprima del file C Analyzer Controls txt ane ID Lot Expire Code ontrNormal 240 SNCM 31 708704 9 ontrPath 236 5 31 05 05 10 Annulla lt Indietro avanti gt _ Fine b Select the COMMA type that is better for some of the data Select COMMA In questa finestra di dialogo amp possibile impostare i delimitatori contenuti nei dati L anteprima mostra come si presenta il testo elimitatori Tabulazione Punto e virgola Spazio Altro Qualificatore di testo Considera delimitatori consecutivi come uno solo r Anteprima dati Annulla lt Indietro oven Fine Human A 256 Ger tename User manual Press END to end operation and to open the file EXCEL see image below Adapt the columns and the lines to fit the whole data comfortably then activate print Microsoft
174. has increase more then three cycles are necessary to fill The Drain time of the incubation bath has increase It requires more then three cycles to drain Incubation bath is not filling There is a leakage from the top of the WASTE 64 receptacle There is a water leak under the cuvette washing arm Some liquid remains the cu vettes after wash Check the points as above Check the efficiency of valve V4 Check for obstructions in the tube connec tors or in the manifold tubing Check tubing 24 connected to the ther mostat 66 at the end drainage this tu bing has to be completely empty If some residue remains it indicates that there is an internal obstruction of the Thermostat amp amp WASTE connector Check the efficiency of the valve V5 Check the efficiency of pump P8 Check for obstructions in the tube connec tors or in the manifold tubing Check the intermittent ON OFF of the green LED on board EB0122 01 Make sure that pump P6 produces its nor mal humming In absence of the humming try to unblock the pump by hitting it slightly with an utensil Replace pump P6 Check the efficiency of pump P7 Check for obstructions in the tube connec tors or in the manifold tubing Make sure that the connections of tubing 13 16 onto the washing Probes are well inserted and don t leak Check efficiency of pump P8 Check efficiency of valve V5 Check efficiency of pump P3 and the Air Pump Che
175. he analyzer Operation to be done with Analyzer turned OFF 4 Proceed with operations 2 to 4 as in 18 7 1 Check Reaction and Measure ment Plate 5 Remove cuvette N 38 from the plate using the extractor device D 1 Figure 41 Remove screws 30 and the photometer 11 Figure 64 and Figure 67 Remove screws 15 and the encoder board 16 Figure 64 Loosen the encoder disk screw hexa key 1 5mm von Place device D8 in place of the encoder board 16 Rotate slowly the encoder disk to insert the device D12 into the hole 10 Loosen screws 36 of the pulley Figure 65 11 Screw in device D 11 into the hole of the plate axis 12 Apply pressure towards the inside to remove the quartz window from the incubation chamber lamp side 13 Insert the cuvette plate and the reference pin 4 tighten knob 5 Figure 64 Rotate the plate to align cuvette 38 with the light source 14 Insert in place of the quartz window the device D 6 aligning it with the light source through cuvette N 38 Lock with two screws TCC M3x8 15 Position the flag 38 in the center of the Opto to Home the cuvette plate 16 Tighten the screws 36 of the pulley Figure 67 and the encoder disk Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 301 17 Remove in sequence The screws and the device 0 6 Device D 11 from the plate axis hole Device D12 and device from the encoder board 18 Remove knob 5 and
176. he configuration of the serial mul ti port Check the connection of the internal serial port Using the Diagnostic Program Check se parately the two sections Preparation and Measurement in order to determine if the problem is due to the CPU slave or to the multi serial board Ger tename User manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 325 Operative program signals FA TAL ERROR after giving an intermittent acoustic Beep Operating Program signals FA TAL ERROR after giving an intermittent acoustic Beep Operating Program signals FA TAL ERROR after giving an intermittent acoustic Beep Operative program signals FATAL ERROR indicating which movement generated the error Operative program signals FATAL ERROR indicating which movement generated the error Operative program signals FATAL ERROR indicating which movement generated the error Operative program signals FATAL ERROR indicating which movement generated the error Operative program signals FATAL ERROR indicating which movement generated the error Analyzer turns ON but does NOT perform the Start up checks After a few minutes displays the warning error HARDWARE TIME OUT WARNING signal on temperature NO WARNING flags on liquid level INCUB liquid level WASH liquid level WASTE Probable cause missing signal SYNC from Photomet
177. he optimum values of 39 000 to 60 000 counts The Trans mission value can be changed by incre asing or decreasing of the number of neutral disks present inside the inter ference filter FIGURE 53 TABLE 16 Conversion Values 91 6 and 60 are Optimum values for Photometer Lamp alignment Before connecting the multi e meter the negative to JP1 of board ADC EB0089 01 and the po sitive to TP2 check first the vol tages of each filter inside the filter wheel Note the value in Volt of each filter as measured with the multimeter FIGURE 54 Human 278 The Extractor device 50314 01 serves both to extract and insert the filters CRONY supplies the neutral e diskettes in three blocking sizes identified as 600 350 and 100 the code for the kit is P N KO0030 01 Attention the amount of light blockage of a diskette depends on the wavelength A diskette 100 at 405 nm blocks about 8 500 counts at 620 or 700nm it blocks only about 3 500 counts See Table 15 TABLE 17 Optimum Values of Transmission Ger tename User manual in P b N Pp at a time the filters to be equalized See table 2 When extracting the filter watch for the blocking ring and the number of the neutral diskettes it con tains 8 If the filter transmission is less then 39 000 take off one or more of the neu Remove the photometer module Follow Figure 46 D
178. he resistance of 40 Ohm of the heating element 0052 01 if necessary replace it Check the continuity of the cable Check the voltage of 48 VAC between pin 4 5 J4 on board 17970 7 if necessary replace the transformer 50 01 Check the voltage on pin 10 of U2 1 5 on board 17970 7 Check voltage 15 VDC on pin 8 of U3 board 17970 7 Check U1 Check the voltage on TP6 5 V if necessary adjust with R47 board 17970 7 Check the voltage on TP5 gt 3 07 lt 3 08 V adjust with R26 board 17970 7 Check the voltage on TP4 lt 3 V board 17970 7 if ne cessary replace sensor 0098 01 Check on pin 3 of OC5 a square wave with an amplitu de of gt 12 if absent replace board 17970 7 Human ANE 40 Refrigeration in Re agent Chamber does not cool AIR PUMP motor does NOT work Check fuse F5 F8 Check voltage 12V between terminals 7 8 J10 board 17970 7 Check 15V on terminal 8 of U3 on board 17970 7 Check voltage on TP3 lt 2 75V board 17970 7 if neces sary adjust with RA8 Check on terminal 7 of U3 and terminal 5 of OCA 1V board 17970 7 if necessary replace board 17970 7 Remove connector J10 and check the resistance of the Peltier between pin 4 5 of cable WC0127 01 about 2 Ohm if necessary replace it cod EA0072 01 Check the connection of the power cord to the AIR PUMP Check the fuses Remove the power cord and check inside the pump that the motor fan moves freely Move
179. holds the Opto Home assembly 15 Reposi tion the sensor with the flag of the pulley 8 FIGURE 61 Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 289 Replace the motor 1 Repeat the procedure as above from 1 to 4 2 Remove the screws and the hexa nuts that hold the motor 21 to the Arm assembly Figure 52 3 Dismount and remove the motor Pulley 31 loosening screws use hexa key 1 5 mm Screws 10 and encoder board 6 Encoder disk 7 loosening screw 16 and the spacer 4 Reassemble all the parts onto the new motor attention the side when mounting the Encoder board 6 11 Encoder Motore 5 Reassemble the motor attention to align the motor pulley 31 with the cam 8 do not tighten the screws and the nuts 23 6 1Pull the motor 21 and stretch the belt 22 Lock the screws and the nuts 23 Reassemble in reverse as described above 8 Reconnect the wiring and the tubing previously disconnected Realign the Arm see 18 6 2 3 Replace belt and motor of the Sampling Arm 18 6 2 4 Align the Rotational Movement of the Sampling Arm 1 Click in sequence in Cuvette Section only on PWR ON HOME Z HOME Operation to be done Plate HOME Filter e using the Tester exe 2 Replace the Probe with testing device D 5 Figure 52 3 Loosen blocking screw 16 enough to move the encoder disk 7 4 Move manually the Arm assembly and position the device D 5 exactly in the center of the cuvette 5
180. hould be ON driver motor filters EB0092 XX Replace U1 U4 and U5 Replace one at a time the CPU slave boards 17970 8 Check the power cable to the pump unit Check the fuses inside the socket Replace 04 Replace one at a time the CPU slave boards 17970 8 Check the correct connection of cable FC0069 01 Replace cable FC0069 01 Replace all 3 CPU slave boards Sample Cuvette and Reagents 17970 8 Replacethe multi serial board 910 002 031 Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 89 There are malfunctions during the operative programming and with the Diagnostic program 6 5 Spare Part List Proceed step by step as follows Make sure that the CPU master pentium works properly To find the problem use the Diagnostic Program to check one at a time the sec tion Reagents Cuvette and the Sample Systems Proceed by checking from DOWN positi on sensors false connection contacts the flat cables leading to the liquid sensor on the moving Probes encoder in wrong po sitions excessive friction in the moving parts etc to finish with the more com plex parts such as the electronic boards Once the cause of malfunction has been found before re placing the CPU slave to confirm invert the board with one of the others if the defect is inverted change the defective CPU slave board The 3 CPU slave boards are identical Code Sub_Code Description OTY 17970 8 CPU slave 3 PD00
181. hree nuts under the container that hold the motor 4 3 Disconnect the two PVC tubing from the pump motor 4 Remove the motor 5 Unscrew the three nuts hexa and remove the three anti vibration supports 6 Replace the air pump and reassemble following the procedure in reverse Fot the correct connection of the tubing see diagram HY0012 01 in chapter 16 Hydraulic System Human M A 212 It is suggested e to change the air filter at least one year 15 5 3 7 To Replace the Air Filter 1 Disconnect the air filter from the two PVC tubing 2 Replace the air filter and reconnect the two tubing For detail see the dia gram HY0012 01 in chapter 16 15 5 3 8 Replace the Fuse Remove the power cable from the plug remove the fuse box and replace the fuuses For 230V 1 25 5 20 for 115V 1 6A 5x20 15 6 Trouble Shooting Guide To solve of the problems it will be necessary to use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Default Causes and Remedies Diluter does NOT work See 7 2 Trouble Shooting Guide properly Temperature in the Wait 15 min and repeat the temperature incubation bath does NOT reach its optimum tempe rature ding in Maintenance F8 Cuvette System Acti vate Read Temper C also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Dispens 0 5ml of dist Water into cuvette 25 and measure the temperaure inside the c
182. ignal HOME Sample Plate EB0086 07 signal SYNC filter wheel EB0086 08 signal HOME filter wheel EB0086 09 signal HOME Sampling Arm EB0086 10 signal HOME Reagent Arm EB0086 11 signal HOME Cuvette Washing Arm EB0086 12 signal HOME Reaction Cuvette Plate EA0075 01 signal HOME Reagent Plate EA0071 01 signal HOME Reagent and Sampling Probes DOCUMENTATION 86 00 0 5 electrical diagram EA0071 75 00 0 SC electrical diagram 13 1 Maintenance To replace these parts see General Maintenance Human a ee 180 To assure a rapid and efficient e technical service to its clients HUMAN suggests to keep in stock the parts marked with When ordering parts include the follow ing information Code Number Description of part and Quantity 13 2 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of Symptoms and Problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program 5 300 TOOLS Defect Operating Program signals FATAL ERROR when performing mechanical Zero setting Possible cause Error in HOME position 13 3 Spare Part List Code Sub_Code 86 06 86 07 86 08 86 09 EB0086 10 86 11 86 12 EA0075 01 EA0071 01 Causes and Remedies This procedure is valid for all the Optical Sen sors Clean the sensor Check that the yellow LED DL5 is ON on th
183. included 179955 20 Adapter plastic samples cups MS1204 01 Adapter for bottles 5ml 17915 1 Syringe with piston N 4 17916 1 Syringe with piston N 5 17938 S Sampling and reagent Probe 17920732 Photometer lamp 17950 Optical quartz Cuvette reading box of 5 p 17934 Kit Pump tubing for P1 P2 P4 P5 4 p P3 P7 P8 4 p 17916 S Teflon Tubing w connector for Probe 17995S 1 Fuse int FSH250V 5x20 mm for 230 Vac 179955 2 Fuse int F8H250V 5x20 mm for 115 Vac 17941 11 Water filter for incub bath MA0168 01 Sample Tray Sector A 1 10 MA0168 02 Sample Tray Sector B 11 20 MA0168 03 Sample Tray Sector C 21 30 MA0168 04 Sample Tray Sector D 31 40 MS1047 02 WASH solution container of 5 L A01366 01 Container for incub liquid 1 L 17941 Level sensor electrode for wash solution AY0038 01 Level sensor electrode for incub Liquid KG0054 01 ISE module complete KIT with Electrodes 17903 12 Modulo ISE without Electrodes 805 004 006 Reference Electrode 805 004 008 Electrode for Na 805 004 007 Electrode for K 805 004 009 Electrode for Cl 805 004 012 Electrode control air bubbles 756 010 041 Pump for CAL A PA 756 010 042 aste pump PW 161 035 005 Calibrator A 500 ml 161 035 016 Calibrator B 125 ml Human En AN 328 161 035 021 Cleaning solution 125 ml 161 035 022 Diluent for Urine Analysis 125ml 179075 Bar Code Reader Samples complete KIT 17908S Bar Code Reader for Reagents co
184. into the cup 5 Click MIXER and make sure that when mixing the probe does not touch the plastic sample cup walls 6 Click HOME Z HOME ARM to reposition the probe Home If necessary check also the alignment of the Sampling Arm 18 6 2 2 To Ali gn the Arm into Home Position Human A 294 Operation to be done with Tester exe Operation to be done e using the Tester exe FIGURE 65 18 1 2 3 18 6 4 2 Mechanical Alignment of the Sample Tray Follow all the procedures described in 18 6 4 1 Check electronic alignment Remove the Sample Tray Loosen the holding screw of the centering Pin 10 hexa key 3 mm on the bottom of the plate 7 Figure 57 Move the Pin 10 along the opening to align it Block the Pin and align the plate as described in 18 6 4 1 Check electronic alignment If necessary proceed to align it electronically see 18 6 4 3 Electronic Align ment of Sample Tray 6 4 3 Electronic Alignment of Sample Tray Follow all the operations described in 18 6 4 1 Check electronic alignment Loosen the blocking screw to keep the encoder disk 2 under friction hexa key 1 5mm Move manually sample tray 7 to align the flag 3 and the opto 4 as shown in Figure 57 Holding tight the plate 7 rotate manually the encoder disk 2 slowly until the yellow LED DL3 and DL7 are lit on the encoder board 17903 53 1 Tighten moderately the holding screw
185. into the refrigerator When the analyzer is tur ned OFF the Reagent cooling system is also OFF 18 8 2 EVERY TWO WEEKS Replace the Liquid in the Incubation Chamber 1 From Maintenance Program F8 in Measurement System activate Drain Li quid Bath see 18 2 3 Reaction and Measurement System Checks Make sure that the Liquid container for the bath is full 3 Activate Fill Liquid Bath 18 2 3 Reaction and Measurement System Checks Suggest to run the program Clean all Cuvettes see 18 7 2 5 Cleaning and Washing the inside of cuvettes The frequency to Clean All Cuvettes depends on the type of chemistries that are being performed In some cases a weekly cleaning is highly recom mended 18 8 3 ONCE A MONTH OR WHEN NECESSARY Clean Cuvette plate and incubation Chamber 1 Empty Incubation Chamber as described in point 1 of 18 7 2 1 Check align ment of the Washing Arm Remove the cuvette plate as described in points 2 through 4 in 18 7 1 1 To Replace a single cuvette Clean the inside of the chamber with a clean rag especially the two quartz windows of the photometer if necessary use alcohol Refill the Chamber with fresh bi distilled water Place the cuvette plate into a solution of EXTRAN Neutral or any other Lab detergent for glassware making sure that all cuvettes are filled with the detergent for couple of hours or a whole night Rinse the Plate and the cuvettes several times wi
186. ion The filling procedure can be done using the Analyzer Maintence F8 or the Dia gnostic Tester exe Human AN 208 Procedure to be e done with Ana lyzer rurned OFF DH ge 15 15 To Fill Hydraulics using the Operational program Fill the 1liter container with plain bi distilled water Turn ON the Analyzer The start up program will fill the hydraulics automatically To Fill Hydraulics using the Diagnostic Program Fill the 1liter container with plain bi distilled water From desktop Windows open the program Tester exe from the Service disk Turn PWR ON on all three systems Reagents Sampling Cuvette Click on TB Fill in section Cuvette It will be necessary to repeat the operati on twice if not necessary see 16 6 Trouble Shooting Guide 5 3 COOLING SYSTEM 5 3 1 Replacement of the complete Cooling System Disconnect cable WC0085 01 on the P2 side and the power supply cable from the fans 6 Remove screws 7 that hold the assembly with the fans 6 and take it out Remove screws 2 that hold the Reagent chamber 1 to the base of the analyzer 3 Remove the complete Rea gent Chamber 1 Remove the spacers 4 Replace the complete Coo long System 5 AY0115 01 and reassemble following the procedure in reverse Ger tename User manual MISCELLANEOUS 209 15 5 3 2 To Replace the Peltier 1 2 3 Proceed as above until 4 Remove screws 11 tha
187. ion of Reaction cuvette plate 24 Vcc On Off Reac tion Cuvette System Serial Data Line Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 79 40 20A 7 2 5 41 21 P92 7 42 21 PAO DOC 43 22C PA 44 22A D2C 45 23C D3C 46 23A D4 C 47 24C 05 48 24A PA6 06 C 49 25C 07 50 25A RESET 51 26C PB1 E 52 26A PB2 5 BYTE 53 27C PB3 E PIC 54 27A PB4 E 55 28C PB5 LOWC 56 28 PB6 E P8C 57 29C PB7 PI_LOWC 58 29A PCO 59 30C PC1 60 30A PC2 61 31C 62 31A 5 E 63 32C Ce ONC_C 64 32A PC7 20 P90 P91 P93 PC4 BEEPER Serial Clock Line Enable Start Pump P7 Bit DO A D Bit D1 A D Bit D2 A D Bit D3 A D Bit D4 A D Bit D5 A D Bit D6 A D Bit D7 A D Reset Micro controller Photometer Enable Start Cuvette Washing Arm Selection Byte A D Converter Enable Start Plate Rotation Enable Start Pump P3 Low power Motor Cu vette Washing Probe Enable Start Pump P8 Low power Motor Plate Go A D Converter Enable Start Pump P5 Enable Air Pump Enable Valve V4 Acoustic Signal Table signals CPU Sample System TerminalJ1 Label U1 U8 Signal Label 1 1A 5V 2 LC 5V 3 2A GND 4 2C GND Description Power supply 5v Power supply 5v Digital Ground Digital Ground HUman 80 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2
188. ions control the three SLAVE boards and the Bar Code reader via the multi serial board Controls the H D D and the F D D Sends images to the monitor Controls the printer Receives input data from the keyboard and mouse through an adaptor PS2 Sends and receives data from outside through the serial port COM1 Sends and receives data from the ISE module optional through the serial port COM2 Human A 186 In assembly AY0199 01 the H D D is positioned vertical To identify correctly the various parts see the figures below ly between the computer board and the multi serial board VGA Motor COM1 Host Mouse Keyboard CON2 ISE 3 Printer ao A U NBP Serial Multiport 1 6 Slot ISA BUS 2 Computer 1 3 H D D 5 4 Serial Multiport 3 5 F D D 14 1 Computer PC Master P N 17889 DESCRIPTION OF THE HARDWARE CPU PENTIUM INTEL 233MHz MMX RAM DIMM 64MB Internal Peripherics OUTPUT VIDEO CONTROLLER for H D D and F D D SERIAL PORTS 1 COM2 PARALLEL PORT LPT1 SSS Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 187 4 1 CN1 1 6 5 2 1 2 3 J1 4 13 5 15 7 6 16 7 52 3 Settino jumpers ATTENTION a WRONG configuration could DAMAGE the CP
189. iption Power supply 5v Power Supply 5v Digital Ground Digital Ground Power supply 12v Analogical Ground Data transmit Line Data receive Line Flag Awash Minimum Liquid Level in container supplying liquid to the Incubation Bath Busy Microprocessor Photometer Line HUman ANE 78 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 6C 6A 7C 7A 8 8A 9C 9A 10C 10A 11C 11A 12C 12A 13C 13A 14C 14A 15C 15A 16C 16A 17C 17A 18C 18A 19C 19A 20C P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 P32 P33 P34 P80 P81 P82 P83 P84 P85 POO PO1 2 04 05 SENSOR S3C SENSOR 54 SENSOR S5C TEMP BTC C BUSY HOME PRHIC START HOME PIC HOME PRLOC SYNC 0 SYNC 1 SYNC 2 B CLKC VALVE V5C E P6C PR CWC PI PWR ONC I2CSDAC Flag Wash Minimum Liquid Level inside Wash So lution Container Flag Tb High Maxi mum Liquid Level inside Incu bation chamber Flag Tb Low Minimum Liquid Level inside Incu bation chamber Temperature Incubation chamber Busy line A D converter Flag Position High Cu vette Washing Arm Start A D conversion Flag Home Cuvette Plate Flag Position Low Cuvette Washing Arm Not used Clock Signal Start Valve V5 Enable Start Pump P6 Direction of Cuvette Washing Arm Direct
190. isactivate the power ofthe motor click PWR OFF Remove the screws that hold the photometer on its base Remove the connectors motor sensor of Home and Sync Remove the lens holder 2 and panel 1 i I Blocking Insert the filter extractor MS0314 01 from the motor side and remove one tral diskettes If above 60 000 add diskettes accordingly see Table 15 9 Once adjusted the filters reassemble everything 10 Click in sequence on PWR ON HOME Z HOME PLATE HOME FILTER 11 Check transmission of all the filters using the key WATER If the filters are not within its required range repeat the equalizing procedure again Filter Position Filter 1 Filter 2 Filter 3 Filter 4 Filter 5 Filter 6 Filter 7 Filter 8 Filter Wavelength nm 340 380 405 510 546 578 620 700 Counts 55000 60000 50000 55000 50000 55000 50000 55000 50000 55000 50000 55000 50000 55000 50000 55000 Volt TP2 gt 1 lt 1 05 gt 0 95 lt 1 gt 0 95 lt 1 gt 0 9 lt 0 95 gt 0 9 lt 0 95 0 9 lt 0 95 20 9 lt 0 95 gt 0 9 lt 0 95 MAINTENANCE 279 Filter nm 340 380 405 510 546 578 620 700 Diskette 600 Position Filter 1 Filter 2 Filter 3 Filter 4 Filter 5 Filter 6 Filter 7 Filter 8 47500 47500 35500 35500 35500 35000 35000 Diskette 3 45800 45500 30000 29000 29000 285000 31000 50 Standard Filter Configuration BLOCKING RING i DISKETT
191. ke sure that the analyzer sits perfectly level on its table top FIGURE 4 2 Right side view 2 RIGHT SIDE INSERT N 4 2 5 5 OPERATING TEMPERATURE LIMITS Ambient room temperature 15 C to 32 max humidity 65 non condensing Human A 14 FIGURE 5 External Conncections Com 1 Host Diskette Mouse Keyboard Monitor Com 2 Host Serial Port no uU A U N H Printer 2 5 6 POWER REQUIREMENTS A standard 230 Volt 50 Hertz or 115 Volt 60 Hertz 400 Watts power is re quired as indicated on the back of the instrument A 3 wire outlet is used to assure proper electrical grounding If the laboratory power supply varies by more than 10 It is recommended to install an external stabilizer an UPS no break with a minimum rating is 500 VA 2 6 Assembly Procedure The ANALYZER is supplied assembled and ready to use However it is important that the installation be done by authorized personnel only The instrument should be internally examined to check that no damage has oc curred to any of the electronic boards or mechanical parts during shipment Then proceed to install the external parts as follows Monitor Printer Mouse Keyboard see Figure 5 Waste Container Wash Solution Container Contai ner of liquid for the Incubation Bath see Figure 6 The Monitor and the printer can be connected to the outlets AUX located in the back of the analyzer
192. l 12 U7 10 U7 2 U7 6 U7 LED DL1 DL2 DL5 DL4 DL7 DL6 Range From LLH to LLL Da LLH to LLL Da LLH to LLL Da LLL to LLH Color Green Green Red Green Yellow Yellow Function Flag AWASH Minimum Liquid Level inside the container of li quid for Incubation bath Flag WASH Minimum Liquid Le vel in Wash Solution Container Flag TB HIGH Maximum Liquid Level in Incubation Bath Flag TB LOW Minimum Liquid Level in Incubation Bath Function 12V 5V TB HIGH TB LOW WASH AWASH Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 85 Board Description Device Layout Ref Software P N 17970 9 Mother Board GAL16V8 U1 PD0040 01 17970 9 Mother Board 16 84 U3 PD0042 01 17970 9 Mother Board GAL16V8 U4 PD0041 01 17970 9 Mother Board GAL16V8 U5 PD0040 01 DOCUMENTATION 17970 9 A SC electrical diagram 17970 9 B PM assembly drawing 6 3 Maintenance Remove the outside panels see General Maintenance section Removal of outside panels 6 3 1 CPU SLAVE BOARD REPLACEMENT 1 Remove the two locks holding the board 6 3 2 MOTHER BOARD REPLACEMENT 2 Disconnect all connectors and remove all screws 3 In replacing the board make sure not to invert the connectors of the same type Follow the block diagram FIGURE 28 List of Pragrammable Devices Operations to be done with analyzer turned OFF Note In replacing the CPU slave 2
193. late Home Plate Test Plate Home Plate Test Plate Move Plate 1 o Move Plate Res r Move Plate 1 Bottle Speed Cuv Speed Sample Speed Home Arm Test Arm Home Filter Test Filter Home Arm Test Arm Move Arm Wash 7 Move Filter 586 Move Arm wash 7 Position Speed Filter Position Speed Home Dil J Test Dil Pwr ON Pwr OFF Home Dil Test Dil Move Dil 0 m Air aj of PS af Levels Move Dil em 0 mA Pwr OFF edes ie Pwr ON _Pwr OFF of ar xf 5 5 EE ao Temon SEE uLitri Speed uLitri Speed olp Mixer mem c Waste O P4 1 Mixer TB Fill TB Drain LevelSensor 5 Barcode Fotometer 5 TestiSE Levelsensor 5 Barcode Mstart A Ej Tester Ver 2 0 0 23 402PM The analyzer incorporates a computer PC MASTER and three CPU SLAVE boards Each of the CPU slaves controls separately one of the below systems 1 Reagent System 2 Sampling System 3 Reaction Cuvette Measuring Cuvette Washing System 17 3 1 IMPORTANT NOTES AND PRECAUTIONS To simplify the use of this Diagnostic Program and to avoid errors proceed ex actly as indicated Improper use of the Test Program may cause damage of parts in the analyzer SECURITY PRECAUTIONS One should be very careful when using the diagnostics especially when testing ARM movements keep han
194. low When finished introducing the data press ESC to return to the Main Menu ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2ASKKAK9 POWER MANAGEMENT SETUP AWARD SOFTWARE INC Power Management User Define External Switch PM Control by APM Yes Power Button Mode 4 Sec Off MODEM Use IRQ 3 DOCK 1 0 SMI Disabled Video Off Option Susp Stby gt Off AC Power SMI Disabled Video Off Method DPMS Support Thermal SMI mode Disabled PM Monitor HDD Power Down Disable Doze Mode Disable Standby Mode Disable Suspend Mode Disable PM Events Primary HDD Disabled Floppy Disabled COM Ports Enabled ESC Quit i Select Item Keyboard Enabled Fl Help PU PD Modify LPT Ports Disabled FS Old Values Shift F2 Color F6 Load BIOS Defaults F7 Load Setup Defaults Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 193 6 Select PNP PCI CONFIGURATION enter parameters as shown below When finished introducing the data press ESC to return to the Main Menu ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2ASKKAK9 CONFIGURATION AWARD SOFTWARE INC PNP OS Installed Yes PCI IRQ Actived Level Resources Controlled By Auto Reset Configuration Data Disabled ESC Quit Help FS Old Values F6 Load BIOS Dels t F7 Load Setup Defaults 7 Select INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS e
195. manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 315 19 5 Temperature Problems Defect Found To solve see Program indicates a WARNING on temperature in incubation bath Temperature in incubation bath is NOT within the specifications Section 4 T S Guide Temperature of incubation bath displayed does NOT correspond to that measured with a thermo meter Thermostat does NOT heat Temperature in the incubation bath does not reach its optimum temperature Section 13 T S Guide Temperature in thermostat is too high Temperature inside incubation bath is too high 19 6 Problems with Photometer Pre Amplifier and lamp Defect Found To solve see Photometer Lamp is NOT ON Lamp voltage is not according to specs Lamp voltage is NOT stable Section 3 T S Guide Lamp burns the minute it is connected to its board Output signal from preamplifier is OUT of specs lt lt 0 7 V Output signal from preamplifier does NOT chan ge it remains fixed at a given value negative or positive Output signal from preamplifier is NOT stable Section 7 T S Guide Absorbance value measured with Diagnostic Pro gram varies 5 mAbs out of range Using the Operating System to calibrate the pho tometer lamp it is impossible to obtain a value of gt del 70 of transmittance Photometer filter wheel does not turn Section 4 T S Guide Human sS n n 316 19 7 Problems with unreliable results
196. me User manual MISCELLANEOUS 203 DOCUMENTATION 0115 01 0 5 electrical diagram 15 4 Thermostat P N AY0131 01 DESCRIPTION The Thermostat heats and controls the liquid temperature inside the incubati on bath to 37 C Liquid in the thermostat is heated by a Scarico resistance and controlled electronically by an internal temperature sensor A linear pump P6 circulates the liquid Entrata continuously between the thermostat and the cuvette incubation bath Termometro Termostato DOCUMENTATION EA0098 01 0 SC electrical diagram 15 5 Maintenance Remove the top panels see the procedure in General Maintenance 15 5 1 DILUTER 15 5 1 1 To replace the motor and the belt 1 2 ov Ur Remove the Syringe To do this ope Remove the screws that hold the board EB0068 01 and disconnect it from e ration take the motor out the Diluter from Loosen screws 22 and remove SYNC Disk 14 the Analyzer Loosen screws 9 that hold the motor to its support 2 Remove pulley 11 from the motor 8 Replace motor 8 Human As 204 7 Replace belt 13 and reassemble the SYNC disk 14 8 Remove pulley 11 and align it with the belt Lock screws 19 Tighten slight ly screws 9 Tighten the belt and lock screws 9 9 Remove the board 10 1 the spacer 010 between the upper support 2 and the spiral housing 19 approach it by turning the pulley 11 11 Rotate th
197. mechanically as described in 18 7 1 5 Align the Cuvette Plate FIGURE 69 fl 2222222222 Replace Motor 11 Remove screws 15 and encoder board 16 Figure 64 12 Remove the connection of the motor from the driver board 17970 20 13 Remove the wiring from the motor 14 Remove the holding screws 14 and the motor assembly hexa key 3 mm 15 Remove screws and nuts 43 and remove the motor from the plate 42 Fi gure 66 16 Disassemble the motor by removing Pulley 45 by loosening the screws hexa key 1 5 mm Encoder disk by loosening the screw and the spacer 17 Re assemble the parts on the new motor 18 Remount the motor onto its plate 42 Figure 66 do not tighten screws 14 Figure 64 19 Adjust the height ofthe motor pulley 45 so that the belt is aligned with the pulley 41 ofthe reducer 39 Figure 66 20 Pull the motor to tighten the belt 40 tighten the screws 14 21 Reconnect the motor to the driver board 17970 20 22 Restore the encoder board 16 with screws 15 watch the encoder board 1 side when mounting see chapter 11 23 Proceed to the mechanical pre alignment described 18 7 1 5 Align the Cuvette Plate SS Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 303 18 7 1 7 Removal of the Measurement System 24 Click on PWR ON on all three sections 25 Click in Cuvette section on TB Drain to empty the incubation chamb
198. mi nate the error 17 2 Diagnostic Utility 1 Turn On the analyzer and wait for booting when the Windows desktop is displayed press key CTRL and hold it until all of the desktop Windows has been loaded Insert diskette HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS into drive A and proceed as follows Double click on icon floppy A 2 Fatal Error Error details Command line 52148 Scoda 318 Buffer Reagents Exec Failed Command Not Allowed A window will open with the following choices 1 Tester exe Diagnostic Program 2 PrintMeth exe Program enables to extract ones personal data such as Methods Profiles Standards Calibrators Controls and OC memorized data from Data Base onto a floppy diskette or to the hard disk 3 Satsmith exe Utility Program to enable and disable the automatic start up of Windows to change password and to activate the Bar code Reader 4 SaveDbChem exe Utility service to save and to reinstall one s personal data such as Me thods Standards Controls etc TEST PROGRAM 237 17 3 To Run Diagnostics using the Tester exe Double click on tester exe and wait for the program to be loaded until the image below will be displayed TEST Reagents EX Tester Ver 200 TEST Sampling Cuvette Home 2 Test 2 2 Test 2 mwez o 5 mwez o 5 mwez of 5 mm 10 Speed mm 10 Speed mm 10 Speed Home Plate Test P
199. motor reagent sample Peristaltic pump motor P3 P7 P8 Transformer power supply Cuvettes Washing arm motor Electro valves V1 V2 Heating element for thermostat Linear pump P6 o FPP PPEP P N P P F N N N lt Human A 334 20 14 Encorder Assemblies CODE DESCRIPTION OTY 0104 04 Complete motor Encoder analytical plate reading 1 Complete motor Encoder reagent and sample 17925 2 probe 0163 01 Complete motor Encoder sample plate rotation 1 0164 01 Complete motor Encoder reagent plate rotation 1 Complete motor Encoder reagent arm rotational AY0168 01 1 movement Complete motor Encoder sample arm rotational AY0169 01 1 movement 20 15 BELTS CODE DESCRIPTION OTY 218 152 060 Sampling probe 2 218 152 068 Dilutor 2 218 152 092 Filter wheel 1 218 152 110 Sampling arm rotational movement 2 218 152 110 Analytical plate 1 small pulley 1 218 152 248 X Analytical plate 2 big pulley 1 218 152 310 Sample plate 1 218 152 280 Reagent plate 1 big pulley 1 218 152 088 Reagent plate 1 small pulley 1 20 16 Service Kit P N KG0065 01 CODE DESCRIPTION OTY 910 002 031 Serial multiport board 1 930 020 012 Power supply board 24V 1 A00752 01 Pumptubing 1 2 4 5 10 756 020 040 Rotor pump P3 P7 P8 4 A00852 01 Syringe with piston N 4 1 A00853 01 Syringe with piston 5 1 AY0041 02 Preamplifier with detector 1 AY0109 01 Peristaltic pump assy P1 P2 1
200. mp 1 Remove screws 7 Fig 40 Operations to be done 2 Disconnectthe tubing e with analyzer turned OFF 3 Disconnect the flat cable and the power supply 4 Replace and reassemble the same way To connect the tubing follow the di agram HY0012 01 Procedure for the pumps e assembled next to the Di 16 5 2 2 Replacement of tubing in the peristaltic pump luters all pumps rotate an 1 Loosen the screws 4 Fig 40 ticlockwise 2 Remove the tubing holder 5 3 Replace the tubing 3 and reassemble FIGURE 46 PUMP TUBING Human A 224 FIGURE 47 The procedure is the e same for all 3 pumps The rotation is anticlock wise 16 5 2 3 Volume setting in pump cuvette washing Turn ON the analyzer and load the Diagnostic Test Program Remove tubing 16 from the washing Probe and place it into a 100 ml gra duated cylinder Click on PWR ON reaction cuvette section Click on P5 to start pump and check the time to fill 50 ml of water To change the pump volume remove the pump see above Replacement of a Peristaltic Pump and adjust the potentiometer PR2 board EB0033 01 increase turn clockwise Reassemble the pump and verify the new pump set ting When checking or replacing the tubing make sure that the volume pumped is set to 50 ml of water in 90 sec 2 sec 16 5 2 4 Pump and Valve Assembly Manifold ug 16 5 2 5 Replacement of the Pump
201. mplete KIT 0121 02 ir pump 680 011 212 Fuse Air pump 1 25 5x20 mm 230V power supply 680 010 216 Fuse Air pump 1 6A 0 5x20 mm 115V power supply 20 2 Electronic Boards CODE DESCRIPTION EB0043 01 Power supply board 17970 8 CPU slave 17970 31 Level sensor EA0097 01 Computer PC MASTER Pentium 17970 27 Distribution board 17995S 12 Interface pump amp valve 17970 10 Power supply lamp 17970 9 Mother board 17970 11 Driver diluter 17970 26 control motor EB0099 01 M B control motor 17970 19 ADC converter EB0033 01 Driver step motor pump P5 EB0033 02 Driver step motor pump P4 EB0033 03 Driver step motor pump P1 P2 EB0122 01 Driver pump P6 17903 50 Motor Encoder vertical mov sampling Probe 17903 51 Motor Encoder rotational mov sampling Arm 17903 52 Motor Encoder rotation mov analytical plate 17903 53 Motor Encoder rotation mov Reagent samples plate 00513 02 Preamplifier 111 01 Bar code interface EB0112 01 Signals interface RS232 EA0073 02 Complete microprocessor assy CPU slave amp ADC converter 910 002 025 Back plane passive 6 slot ISA bus 17987 Serial multiport 930 020 012 Power supply 24V 17970 12 Optical sensor flag HOME sample plate 17970 13 Optical sensor flag SYNC filter wheel 17970 14 Optical sensor flag HOME filter wheel 17970 15 Optical sensor flag HOME sample arm SS Ger tename User manual ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS 329 17970 16 179
202. n board 17970 7 for the exact procedure see this section in Gene ral Maintenance Check on J26 pin 1 about 3 08V board 17970 9 Replacethetemperature sensor EA0098 01 Check on pin 8C of J1 about 3 08V board 17970 8 cuvette Check the continuity between J25 pin 1 17970 9 and J1 pin 8C 17970 8 Cuvette System Adjust PR1 less then turn CPU board Cuvette Sys tem 17970 8 to make both temperature readings equal within 0 5 C reference voltage from 4 90V to 5 10V Check as above See also Incubation bath goes not heat in section 1 HUman A 88 When turning ON the analyzer NO acoustic Beep is heard from the CPU slave board Photometer filter wheel does NOT turn 5 The stepper motors do NOT work AIR Pump does NOT work La CPU master Pen tium does NOT communicate with the CPU slave boards Missing the 5V power supply Check fuse F1 Check on J1 5V pin 1 2 3 4 If fuse is burned remove all the flat cables then insert one at a time to identify the one that cause the fuse to blow Missing the 5V power supply check fuse Check on J1 5V pin 1 2 3 4 Check voltage 24V red LED should be ON on the driver motor filters 17970 22 Replace microcontroller U3 PD0042 01 Replace microcontroller U3 PD0044 01 on 17970 19 Replace board CPU Cuvette System 17970 8 Missing the 5V power supply check fuse F1 Check on J1 5V pin 1 2 3 4 Check voltage 24V red LED s
203. nal with frequency proportional to its input voltage and with an amplitude of about 5V The frequency comes sent to an input of u controller to be measured A se cond input of u controller receives the signal from an air bubbles detector for determine the proper filling of electrodes The structure of this board is shown in the block diagram below The p controller controls two peristaltic pumps Waste Pump AY0238 01 transfers the solution s Cal A or sample from the inlet cup to the electrodes channel and after each sample empties the liquid from same channel to waste well Cal A Pump AY0238 02 transfers the Calibrator A toward the inlet cup of the ISE module 12 V power supply Air bubbles detector Microcontroller U3 VIF converter DATA transmission by RS232 line u2 Multiplexer WASTE pump lt lt lt lt Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 355 Table 23 shows the voltage values of the stepper motors and the Table 24 the position of the jumpers present on the board Item Test point Range 1 1 Frequency amplitude from to 5 25V 2 TP2 Output of electrodes from 0 5V to 3V 3 TP3 from 11 0V to 12 5V 4 TP4 from 4 75V to 5 25V 5 5 from 4 75 to 5 25 6 TP6 AGND 7 TP7 DGND 8 TP8 from 4 75V to 5 25V 9 TP9 Output Na electrodes from 0 5V to 3V 10 10 Output K electrodes from 0 5V to 11 TP11 Outp
204. nd Adjustment If both Washing Probes are centered in the cuvettes proceed to test the ope ration of the Washing Station in a working cycle paragraph 16 7 2 2 Operation to be done using the Tester exe Operation to be done with Analyzer turned OFF Operation to be done using Tester exe Human 304 Operation to be done using e Tester exe Operation to be done e using Tester exe This up movement of the e Probes is due to the correct operation of the spring built in side the Probe to compensate an eventual difference in cuvette height If not check the efficiency of the springs and make sure that the Washing Arm support is posi tioned all the way to touch me chanically its base 11 Figure 63 FIGURE 70 FIGURE 71 18 7 2 2 Washing Station Operation Check 1 18 7 2 3 Alignment and Adjustment Program a Work List for 40 samples using a single reagent Use dist Water for both reagent and sample Run the Work List when completed check each cuvette bottom that no liquid residues have remained after the wash Use a 50 ul pipette and aspirate each cuvette bot tom Maximum residue 10 to 15 ml If residue is more then 15 ml see the Trouble Shooting Guide in Chapter 16 and check the Washing Arm alignment in chapter 18 7 2 1 Click in sequence in section Cu vette on PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Filter Make sure that support 2 of the Washing Arm i
205. nd all the necessary information about the Analyzer It shows graphically all the connections between the modules and the PCB s DOCUMENTATION E10110 01 0 DW block diagram 3 1 Power Supply Connections 0107 01 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION This diagram includes all the power supply connections The diagram Power supply voltages is displayed on the next page DOCUMENTATION E10107 01 0 DW block diagram 0107 01 0 5 electrical diagram Human 28 Power supply voltages SPS PC EA0067 02 FUSE F1 2 5A FOR DIGITAL CIRCUIT B EB0046 01 i PC COMPUTER ADC CONVERTER EB0089 01 INTERNAL CIRCUIT EB0089 01 PCB DC DC CONVERTER EB0054 01 FUSE F1 1 6A EB0054 01 PHOTOMETER LAMP SPS PC EA0067 02 MULTISERIAL PORT SPS PC EA0067 02 PC COMPUTER EB0046 01 PCB FUSE F5 5A EB0043 01 REFRIGERATOR MODULE AY0115 01 ADC CONVERTER EB0089 01 INTERNAL CIRCUIT EB0089 01 PCB ADC CONVERTER EB0089 01 INTERNAL CIRCUIT EB0089 01 PCB 043 01 PCB FUSE F8 0 5A EB0043 01 INTERNAL CIRCUIT EB0043 01 PCB 043 01 PCB FUSE F7 0 5A EB0043 01 INTERNAL CIRCUIT EB0089 01 PCB
206. nector 4 located under the ISE Module 4 Connect the waste tubing 61 from its PW pump into the internal waste chamber connector 3 through the joint 49 FIGURE 93 Hydraulics connections FIGURE 94 __ PUMP TUBING TU0175 01 1 ISE Module connections Pis PUMP SERIAL PORT F DIN SERIAL CABLE ADAPT SERIAL Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 365 21 3 9 4 Hydraulics parts list CODE REF Figure 89 DESCRIPTION OTY MS1606 01 4 Waste hydraulic connector 1 MS1603 01 1 Sample amp Calibrator A cup 1 TU0074 01 39 B ISE waste amp pump waste tubing 2 TU0098 02 41 Calibrator A Silicone tubing 1 TU0077 01 42 Calibrator A Teflon tubing 1 17941 43 Sensor cup Calibrator A 1 MS1438 01 49 Join connector in steel 1 TU0179 01 61 Extent Waste tubing 1 TU0175 01 A Pump A tubing 1 AY0238 02 PA Pump Calibrator A 1 0238 01 Pump waste 1 21 3 10 OPERATIVE PROCEDURE After the assembling and electric hydraulics connections it s necessary verify the correct operation across the diagnostic program Tester Click on Test ISE button to start the two pumps and implement a washing cycle of ISE module after few seconds the result will be displayed on the screen as follows ISE Ready it s ready to work ISE NOT ready it has problems of operation or the serial line b
207. ned OFF e 506 200 090 has the electrical Remove the top panels see General Maintenance contacts on one side only DO 1 Remove the screws holding the Bar Code assembly NOT INVERT THE FLAT CABLE Human A TX 346 Operation to be done with Analyzer turned OFF The flex cable P N 506 200 090 has the electri cal contacts on one side only DO NOT INVERT THE FLAT CABLE Operation to be done with Analyzer turned OFF FIGURE 81 FIGURE 82 Replace the board in case of two connectors J2 and J3 make sure to respect the position of the flex cable to connector J2 EB0111 01 Proceed to check the operation as described in 21 1 3 Bar Code Reader Op tical Alignment 21 1 3 2 Replace the Reader driver Remove the top panels see Section General Maintenance 1 2 Remove the screws holding the Bar Code assembly Disconnect the flex cable of the Reader driver from board EB0111 01 and replace the Reader Proceed to check the operation as described in 21 1 3 Bar Code Reader Op tical Alignment 21 1 3 3 Magnet 5 of the Mirror assay replacement Remove the top panels see Section General Maintenance 1 2 4 Remove the screws 7 holding the complete Mirror assay see Figure 819 Disconnect the Magnet connector from the RS232 interface amp supervisor board code 175 01 Remove two lateral screws that holding the Magnet 5 to its holder see Figure 82
208. neral Maintenance 8 4 1 DRIVER MODULE REPLACEMENT 1 Disconnect all the connectors from the driver modules P N 17970 20 23 2 Remove the screws that hold the driver module 3 Replace the board Do NOT invert the similar connectors make reference to the colored label on the connector and the front panel 8 4 2 REPLACEMENT OF M B CONTORL MOTOR BOARD 1 Disconnect connectors J1 12 13 14 15 back view from the M B control mo tor board P N 17970 26 or 17970 26 2 Remove the fixing screws and replace the board Replace the mo dule with the same code as indica ted in the front pa nel Human ANE 112 8 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Below are listed anumber of symptoms and problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HumaStar 300 TOOLS Defect Reagent Arm does NOT move Sampling Arm does NOT move Causes and Remedies Check the start up voltage PWR ON of the Reagent System see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check if red LED is ON DL1 24V on the driver modules Check fuse F1 on modules 17970 20 23 Check voltage 24V on J1 board 17970 26 Replace damaged module 17970 20 23 Replace the CPU slave board Reagents 17970 8 Replace Mother board 17970 26 Check the start up voltage PWR ON Sam pling System see also 3 5 Trouble Shoo ting Guide Check if red LED is ON DL1 24V on dri ver modules Check fuse 1
209. nferior side through the hole near the PC Master board then position the two cables 85232 and Power out along the right side and onward frontal view until to the ISE module see Figure 84 and Figure 85 8 Connect the Power and RS232 cable to the ISE module connectors The module has two LED signals next to the electrical connectors LED Red ON Indicates that the ISE module is ON LED Red blinking indicates that the ISE module is ready to receive or to transmit data via serial line The serial adapter board has two LED signals indicating LED DL1 Green blinking indicates that there s serial transmission from ISE module LED DL2 Red blinking indicates that there s serial transmission from the Master PC 21 3 9 3 Hydraulic Connections ou Connecting procedure see Figure 88 Figure 89 and section 14 Hydrau lics system of this technical manual 1 Connect input tubing 42 from PA pump to its Reagent bottle through the tubing 41 that pass alllong the front panel toward the left side until the Reagent compartment 2 Connect the input tubing from the PA pump to its input sample connector 1 FIGURE 91 Connecting internal serial port COM2 FIGURE 92 To skip steps 2 and 3 if alrea dy done previously 21 3 9 1 Assemblies ISE Module and Pumps point 2 ANE 364 3 Connect the output tubing 39 from the PW pump to the waste con
210. nnector J2 of board 17970 19 Check the value of the output signal from the preamplifier it should be within the specifications This operation should e be done with analyzer turned OFF Human ANE 132 9 5 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists some of the symptoms and problems and how to solve them For some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program of HumaStar 300 TOOLS Defect The output signal coming from the pre amplifier is out specs lt 0 8 V Output signal from the pre amplifier does not chaznge it remains fixed on a given value Causes and Remedies Change the liquid plain bi distilled water in the incubation bath Clean all the cuvettes with Extran or any other Neutral detergent used for glassware in the laboratory Select the second lamp If necessary change both lamps and realign them properly Execute a HOME position for the cuvette re action plate Make sure that cuvette 38 is in front of the photometer light pipette into it 500 ul of bi distilled water Check voltage on TP2 board 17970 19 Its ac ceptable range is gt 0 8V lt 1 4V Check voltage of the lamp it should be from 11V to a Max of 11 5V Check TP15 15V and TP6 15V on board 17970 19 if necessary replace the board Select another cuvette and fill it with 500 of bi dist Water and repeat the measure ment on TP2 Replace the pre amplifier board Missing power of 15V Check fuse F7 and
211. not to create malfunction 17 3 3 UTILITY REACTION CUVETTE MEASURING SYSTEM Follow the figure WASHING PROBE NE Homez Homez __Testz PLATE E 5 Home TestZ mm 10 Speed Move Home Plate _ Test Plate S FILTERS jMovePlate 1 7 fra gt Home Cuv Speed POWER Move Home Filter Test Filter_ On Test Move Filter enk 586 Off Filter PUMPS ON _Pwr OFF LEVELS Air AWash V4 V5 1 of PS 1 Levels Wash P3 P5 of v 1 of P5 11 awash TBLow Ge Wash TB High P8 ee mf ES Waste ole of 8 1 Waste TEMPERATURE TB Fil Drain INC BATH rm KEE Inc bath 5 mes ISE MODULE Number of cycles that the test has to run only for the utilita TEST random movements CUVETTE TESTS REPEATS First of all activate PWR ON the 24V the same command transfer to the Test parameters of the CPU slave Reaction Cuvette measuting System IMPORTANT These tests can be run only when all movements of the System are in position HOME Each time a command is activated the area will become red at the end of the Test it will return to black Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 245 Utility Reaction Cuvette Measurin
212. nses 1 Remove the O ring 12 and remove the lenses 11 Figure 47 2 Clean the lenses and remount Make sure to press the closing O ring well 18 5 Temperature Adjustment and Control To test the temperature in the incubation bath and the Reagent chamber it is necessary to use a thermometer with a micro thermocouple with a precision of 0 1 C 18 5 1 CHECK TEMPERATURE IN INCUBATION BATH The measurement should be made at least 20 min after having turned ON the Analyzer the incubation bath filled with bi distilled water Temperature Check and Adjustment inside the Cuvette 1 In Maintenance Program F8 select Reaction and Measurement System activate Fill Incub Bath 2 Dispense 500 ul of dist Water into cuvette 25 in the Homez Tetz cuvette plate o 5 mm 10 Speed Home Plate Test Plate Move Plate Res z it stabilize for 180 sec Cuy Speed The temperature should stabilize itself to 37 C 0 2 C Home Filter Test Filter 4 If necessary adjust the temperature on board move Filter 586 3 Insert the thermocouple into the cuvette making sure that it is completely immersed in the water Let EB0043 01 as follows Filter Connect the negative pole to the multi meter onto Pwr ON per OFF 1 and the positive one onto TPS tf 0 85 11 Level Measure the voltage about 3 08 VDC increase or decrease the voltage use R26 of v4 1
213. nt 342 21 1 4 Trouble Shooting Guide 347 21 1 5 Spare Part List 348 21 2 DOCUMENTATION 349 21 3 ISE MODULE P N KG0019 04 352 21 3 1 Introduction 352 21 3 2 Some Highlights and Specifications 353 21 3 3 ISE Control Board P N 80181 02 354 21 3 4 pERISTALTIC PUMP DRIVE p7n eb0161 05 06 357 21 3 5 Serial adapter Board P N 80171 01 359 21 3 6 Power Supply for the ISE Module 359 21 3 7 REagents and Solutions needed 359 21 3 8 The ISE Module Parts 360 21 3 9 Mounting and Connecting 361 21 3 10 Operative Procedure 365 21 3 11 Urine determination 366 21 3 12 Maintenance 366 21 3 13 Trouble Shooting Guide 371 21 3 14 Spare Part List 373 21 4 DOCUMENTATION 376 CONTENTS CONTENTS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 Introduction This manual is considered as a part of the instrument it has to be at the operator s hand as well as at the maintenance operator s availability For accurate installation use and maintenance please read the following instructions carefully In order to avoid instrument damage or personal injury carefully read the GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS describing the suitable operating procedures In case of breakdowns or any troubles with the instru ment apply to the local Technical Service 1 2 User Warranty HUMAN warrants that instruments sold by one of its authorised representatives shall be free of any defect in material or workmanship provided that this warranty shall apply
214. nter parameters as shown below When finished introducing the data press ESC to return to the Main Menu ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2ASKKAK9 INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS AWARD SOFTWARE INC Enabled Onboard Parallel Port Auto Parallel Port Mode PPL Auto ECP Mode Use DMA 3 Auto Onboard IrDA Port Disable Auto Bnabled Enabled 4 Enabled During start up of Windows Disabled PCI Slot the BIOS may update some 3F8 IRQ4 2F8 1RO3 peripheric drivers At the end it is suggested to block the software After having finished to introduce the data save by selecting the menu SAVE amp by pressing key CTRL and RE EXIT SETUP and press ENTER and reconfirm with when asked START the analyzer 14 5 To Install Software from CD ROM to Hard Desk Installation procedure A Saving SW data B Preparation HW Update SW D Restore HW E Modification set up SW Necessary Devices i CD R type reader EIDE ATAPI Power supply Cable the CD R reader Human A 194 The following proce e dure cannot be done using CD or DVD masteri zers 14 5 1 TO SAVE THE SW ARCHIVES 1 2 3 Turn ON the analyzer Go to Windows desktop Using the Service Disk enter SAVEDBCHEM EXE to save the Methods Con trols Standards and Profiles presently memorized in the system It is suggested to have a printed copy of the Me
215. obtained are within 400 30 for Pos mm 10 and and 40 5 for the volume Vol pl 10 To end the test click on the grey zone 11 At the end of the test click in sequence HOME Z HOME Plate and HOME Arm to position Reagent Arm into HOME position Level Sensor Test Threshold 60 su Read Level Calib Quote Final Speed Mode Depth Pos mm 10 Vol ul Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 243 17 3 2 2 Bar Code Reader for Reagents optional Note The reader is activated for the following codes A UPC EAN B Code 39 C Interleaved 2 5 Codabar E Code 128 is reserved to identify the Reagent Rack Follow this test step by step The BAR CODE Reader 1 Insert into the Reagent plate a bottle with a Bar Code into position 1 usesalaser system avoid 2 Click on Bar code to open the test window See figure below direct contact of the beam Execute HOME Z and HOME Plate with the eyes 3 Click on INIT and make sure you hear three beeps 4 Click on SCAN and check that the number displayed in the test window corresponds to that on the bar code label 5 In case of a wrong or missing reading the display will indicate NR rea ding 6 Click on the grey zone to end this test Bar Code Test Bar Code 012345678005 A XX 244 During this phase no e other commando will be accepted however avoid to activate other tests
216. ock and SDA serial data from the 01 to the corresponding CPU slave board The red LED DL6 indicates the presence of a signal from a serial clock SCL requested by the controller U1 The green LED DL5 indicates the presence of a serial signal SDA which contains data and the peripheral address requested by the controller U1 Thetiming graph as indicated in the block diagram and in the Table the two signals SYNC S and external HOME H are shaped between them in logic AND D Both LED DL3 and DL7 will be continuously ON only when the two signals are LLH which corresponds to the mechanical ZERO position Human s v M 160 Block diagram OUT TOJS EB0092 02 Signal Table In Out DO NOT change the po HOME H SYNC S OUT D LLL LLL LLL e sition of the jumpers LLL LLH LLL LLH LLL LLL LLH LLH LLH To see assembly se quence go to the previ HARDWARE CONFIGURATION ous paragraph Table 12 indicates the position of the jumpers present on the board SSS Ger tename User manual ENCODER MOTORE 161 Version Mechanical Position of jumpers JPX 2 TABLE 14 Description Encoder Assembly O Open C Closed JP1 JP2 JP3 ADL ADH TST EA0076 02 AY0163 01 C Encoder rotation SAMLE plate Seu o Encoder rotation REAGENT plate EA OI o Encoder rotation Cuvette anali tycal plate LED Colore DL3 Giallo Segnal SYNC DL5 Verde
217. of the encoder disk Check the alignment of the Sample Tray as described in 18 6 4 1 Check elec tronic alignment Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 295 18 6 4 4 Replace belt and motor of the Sample Tray Operation to be done with Replace Belt e Analyzer turned OFF Remove the Sample Tray Remove the large screw 6 using a screwdriver of 7 mm Figure 57 Loosen the two screws 9 that hold the motor Remove plate 7 from the top Replace belt 8 with an original part Reassemble the plate 7 and the motor panel without locking screws 9 Soy Sr qe gt x Pull the motor assembly the belt should not be excessively tight and lock the screws 9 8 Align the Sample Tray electronically see 18 6 4 3 Electronic Alignment of Sample Tray Replace Motor 9 Remove all connection to the motor and the encoder board 1 on driver board EB0092 02 10 Remove screws 9 that hold the motor panel 11 Remove the screws and the nuts that hold the motor to its label 12 Disassemble the motor by removing The pulley by loosening screws the screws hexa key 1 5 mm screws and the encoder board 1 Figure 57 The encoder disk 2 loosening the screws and the spacer 13 Re assemble the parts on the new motor making sure that the encoder board 1 is mounted correctly see 11 Encoder Motore 14 Re assemble the motor in the reverse without tightening the screws 9 11 Enco
218. ogi cal switches OC1 OC2 OC3 enable and control the tempera ture inside the thermostat by means IC U2 To enable and control the refrigera tion module IC U3 The following voltages are divided by the fuses 24 power supply photometer lamp 24 controls the power supply of the Sample System 24 controls the power supply of the Analytical System Cuvettes 24 controls the power supply for the Reagent System 12 controls the refrigeration module Input voltage to generate 15 V Input voltage to generate 15 V 48 Vac controls the thermostat incubation bath Human A TT 32 Input AC voltage Input 12 V J3 Input 24 V Enable power ON Enable air pump Block diagram EB0043 01 Power supply 23 23 V Power supply 48VAC U1 23 1 23 V Output Power supply 412 analogic 15V voltage U2 Incubation 1 bath J11 incubation bath control U3 To Refrigerator J10 refrigerator control 5 Output 38 power supply 24 V Output J7 power supply 24 Output gt 46 power supply Output 49 signal for air pump 24 V Output gt 45 for DC DC converter O Analogic power switch SAMPLES O Analogic power switch CUVETTES O Analogic power switch REAGENTS This board supplies the following voltages 23 2 V 23 2V 15 0 25V 12 1V 24 0 5V 48 2 not s
219. on Removing the outside panels WARNING SAFETY WARNING A The BAR_CODE READER uses a laser system Do Not Look directly into the beam Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 341 FIGURE 77 Readers DIRECTION LASER RAYS REAGENTS READER AY0133 01 2 od C DIRECTION LASER RAYS REAGENTS BAR CODE READER Figure 77 1 Mount the Reader 2 on the Analyzer base fix it with the screws from un derneath the analyzer base without tightening them use 4mm hex key to allow for later re aligning of the Reader if necessary 2 Position the mirror assembly mechanism 8 Figure 77 and fix it either to the measurement system base or to the PVC reagent support depending on the version and tighten the two screws 3 Connect the new 10 pin flat cable 4 P N FC0086 02 toJ2 on the 80175 01 board mounted on the Microprocessor mother board EB0180 01 and to J1 on the 111 01 board of the Reagent Bar Code Reader 2 AYO133 01 see Figure 77 SAMPLES BAR CODE READER Figure 77 4 Position the Bar code Reader 1 on the analyzer base and fix it with the two screws from underneath the base without tightening them use 4mm hex key to allow for later re aligning of the Reader if necessary 5 Connect the second 10 pin flat cable 5 P N FC0086 03 to J1 on the EB0175 01 board mounted on the Microprocessor mother board EB0180 01 and to J1 on the EB0111 01 board of the Sample Bar
220. on MOXA Utilities Moxa C102 C104 C108 Configuration Panel the figure on the right will be displayed Click on key Property display on the right Check that all the parameters coincide with those displayed on the right If necessary modify them If the port parameters are different click on Port Setting Select the ports with erroneous parameters and introduce the new correct parameters as shown in figure on the right CL Moxa Smartio Industio Configuration Panel C104 Series 190 Should the Time Out pro blem persist see the Trou ble Shooting Guide below To check if there is a hardware difference between the peripheries Proceed as follows From desktop Windows click on START and select in succession Programs Accessories System Tools System Information the below figure will be dis played 23 Microsoft System Information 1 1 101 File Edit View Tools Help Ej a tje System Information Shared Resource Hardware Resources Primary IDE controller dual fifo Conflicts Sharing ALi M5229 PCI Bus Master IDE Controller ALi PCI to USB Open Host Controller Forced Hardware IRQ Holder for PCI Steering IRQs Memory Components Software Environment For Help press F1 Current System Information Select Hardware Resources and then Conflict Sharing if on the right hand side on the display appears Moxa Smartio Industio multiport board it is sugge
221. on is good if the marble is floating the solution has deteriorated and the Electrode has to be changed The problem can also be an old or contaminated solution of Cal A and Cal B The ISE module can to send to the operator 5 different errors messages Defect Found Error ISEc Air bubbles in the Calibrator A Error ISEa Air bubbles during the calibration Error ISEn Electrical noise during the measurement Error ISEd Fluidic problem inside the ISE model Error ISEo Values out range won Cause and Remedy Check the liquid level of the Calibrator A in the con tainer Make sure that the pumps PA and PW works pro perly Check that the liquid of the Calibrator A is aspirated and transferred into the ISE module without Make sure that the liquid drainage under the modu le works properly and is not blocked C heck the flag air bubble on TP13 of board EB0181 02 Replace the air bubble detector inside the ISE mo dule Check the points above Check the points above Empty the fluidics circuit and power OFF the ISE mo dule Remove the ISE module from the instrument then remove all the electrodes and to clean Check the points above Check the points above Replace the electrode out range If all the electrodes are out range replace only the reference electrode Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 373 21 3 14 SPARE PART LIST when ordering parts make sure to mention
222. only to defects which become apparent within one year from the date of delivery of the new instrument to the purchaser The HUMAN representative shall replace or repair any defective item at no charge except for transportation expenses to the point of repair This warranty excludes the HUMAN representative from liability to replace any item considered as expendable in the course of normal usage e g lamps valves syringes glassware fuses diskettes tubing etc The HUMAN representative shall be relieved of any liability under this warranty if the product is not used in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions altered in any way not specified by HUMAN not regularly maintained used with equipment not approved by HUMAN or used for purposes for which it was not designed HUMAN shall be relieved of any obligation under this warranty unless a completed installation warranty registration form is received by HUMAN within 15 days of installation of this product This warranty does not apply to damages incurred in shipment of goods Any damage so incurred shall be reported to the freight carrier for settlement or claim Human 1 3 Intended Use of the Instrument The instrument is intended for in vitro diagnostic application by professional users It has to be used for the expected purposes and in perfect technical conditions by qualified personnel in working conditions and maintenance operations as described in this manual acc
223. or 1 MC0024 01 Rotor pump 1 A01121 01 Connector IN OUT 2 AY0117 01 Pump and Valve Assembly 1 17937 Pump P3 P7 and P8 complete with rotor 3 17940 Valve VA and V5 2 17941 1 e Linear pump P6 1 17941 11 e Water Filter 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 229 50885 01 Manifold 1 17933 3 Rotor for pump P3 P7 P8 3 16 8 Enclosed Documentation 16 8 1 HY0012 01 F CM HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM PAGE 1 OUT OF 4 16 8 2 HY0012 01 F CM HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM A OUT OF 4 16 8 3 HY0012 01 F CM SPARE PART LIST PAGE 2 OUT OF 4 16 8 4 HY0012 01 F CM SPARE PART IIST PAGE 3 OUT OF 4 Human ANE 230 NOILNTOS 351 54 69 UI 2 8 2 D 2 a z 21 5 5 35 7 LT 3884 XA S I Lt Hi T A Findon Haws as Sie X 99 e 6 Ger tename User manual HYDRAULIC SYSTEM P N HY0012 01 231 L e u ES Wes Gil RER 23 4 d i A 232 pos lomfmee mm size mm 1 Jungs o Pump tubing 2 peron La 2 Tuoo4s 01 wie tubing 1 ferron noo ruo060 01 Probe 12 feron 4 ruooso or Jus tubing 1 ros 5 ruoosio connection 2 e ucor3s or Jorge probe 13501 prove o 1 Washing probe tubin
224. ording to the GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS This manual contains instructions for professional qualified operators 1 4 General Safety Warnings Use only chemical reagents and accessories specified and supplied by HUMAN and or mentioned in this manual Place the product so that it has proper ventilation The instrument should be installed on a stationary flat working surface free from vibrations Do not operate in area with excessive dust Work at room temperature and humidity according to the specifications listed in this manual Do not operate this instrument with covers and panels removed Only use the power cord specified for this product with the grounding conductor of the power cord connected to earth ground Use only the fuse type and rating specified by the manufacturer for this instrument use of fuses with improper ratings may pose electrical and fire hazards To avoid fire or shock hazard observe all ratings and markings on the instrument Do not power the instrument in potentially explosive environment or at risk of fire Prior to cleaning and or maintaining the instrument switch off the instrument and remove the power cord For cleaning use only materials specified in this manual otherwise parts may become damaged It is recommended always to wear protective apparel and eye protection while using this instrument Respective warning symbols if appearing in this manual should be carefully considered Ger tename User m
225. ors and Jumpers set tings on the board DO NOT change the Jumpers settings The figure on the right shows the dispo sition of the pumps inside the analyzer Do NOT change the positions of these pumps avoiding malfunctions Changing a pump or its PCB make sure that spare part has exactly the same identification number indicated on the board or on pump assembly DOCUMENTATION VERSION PUMP PUMP ASSAY BOARD PW AY0238 01 161 05 PA AYO238 02 161 06 Version Range mV Current A ADJ 2 EBO161 05 800 10 0 5 TP7 161 06 800410 0 5 7 Led Color DL1 Red DRAWING 161 05 0 5 EB0161 05 0 PM 161 06 0 5 161 06 0 5 6 7 2 3 2 3 C DESCRIPTION Pump stepper motor drive Elec trical diagram see 21 4 Documen tation Pump stepper motor drive As sembly drawing see 21 4 Docu mentation Pump stepper motor drive Elec trical diagram see 21 4 Documen tation Pump stepper motor drive As sembly drawing see 21 4 Docu mentation Jumpers settings JPX O Open C Closed 14 15 16 1 2 2 3 WASTE PUMP 2 3 2 3 CALAPUMP 12 V power supply Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 359 DL2 Green 5 V power supply DL3 Yellow Enable Low power 21 3 5 SERIAL ADAPTER BOARD P N EB0171 01 Function of this board is Interface the signals RS 232 from COM2 port of Master PC to ISE mo dule by means RJ4
226. ower cord 24 V 1 WC0067 01 Power cord 230 Vac 1 WC0068 01 Power cord AIR PUMP signal 1 WCO0105 01 Power cord for PC 1 910 004 004 Power cord for CD ROM optional 1 uu in Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N E10110 01 43 3 7 Enclosed Documentation 3 7 1 EIO110 01 0 DW BLOCK DIAGRAM 3 7 2 EIO107 01 0 DW BLOCK DIAGRAM 3 7 3 EIO107 01 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 3 7 4 17970 27 B SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 3 7 5 17970 27 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 3 7 6 50 01 5 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 3 7 7 EA0067 02 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 3 7 8 17970 7 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 3 7 9 17970 7 B PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING Human DI 44 0 1 411440 WI D w2 See ERA d ww 68 21550031 m fede w n 01850031 Pe 4871 545 EMEEN EM 20190021 SLM 01190003 4 Dunnan 17 u E rz Fam form ran KET BC oi L gang wm 2 Se 7271 ege La dama 045415 Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM 10110 01 45 3 m 64 84 OL k E x SH Has sdk ye di ett Ia gt y sije 5 m 7 Am e dk EL XA UAM E M0050 01 CAREC wills 1 0067 02 21 80401 3 rz gt
227. plete Cooling Module Peltier device complete with fan Fan assembly Complete Thermostat assembly Heating element Temperature sensor Syringe complete 500 ul 1 2 3 6 fig 13 5 2 Syringe complete 1000 ul 1 2 3 6 fig 13 5 2 Syringe holder Syringe with piston 500 ul 1 and 2 fig 13 5 2 Siringe with piston 1000 ul 1 and 2 fig 13 5 2 O ring Piston fixing knob Isolation washer O lt PP D BPP N N E H pH H To assure a ra pid and effici ent technical ser vice to the clients HUMAN suggests to keep in stock the parts marked with When ordering parts do not forget to mention Code Number Descripti on and Quantity Human 214 15 8 Enclosed Documentation 15 8 1 AY0121 00 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 15 8 2 M0145 01 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 15 8 3 0115 01 0 5 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 15 8 4 EA0098 01 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual 215 MISCELLANEOUS 510070972 010 aly 3m 0134 Human 42249 AN 1134 Jr 9 vo S ING vor E 1 IVA DES 10 Gr n sorozosts a 3HaD ISNYAL a3 Dd 216 Fe Ger tename User manual 217 MISCELLANEOUS 310UN 50172 3918 338 31379407 fd AOL 93NNDI 3 2 Ny d ENS d NE LSISND2 10650083
228. r EB0122 01 Driver board pump P6 1 dering parts please give the fol PD0024 01 Programmed Device 1 lowing information Code Number Description and Quanti ty 10 5 Eclosed Documentation 10 5 1 8EB0033 01 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 10 5 2 EB0033 01 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10 5 3 EB0033 02 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 10 5 4 EB0033 03 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 10 5 5 EB0033 03 0 PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 10 5 6 EB0122 01 0 SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 10 5 7 8EB0122 01 0 PM ELECTRICAL DRAWING HUman ANE 148 H xac 1e Lco rs cs m 222X2 22 2 2 T Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 149 TP 36 06 64 Human AN Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 151 Human As 152 Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 153 Human A 154 m M Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 155 Human A 156 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual ENCODER MOTORE 157 11 ENCODER MOTORE TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Function of this board is to verify the correct operation of the stepper motors Adisk mounted on the motor axis with a hole and two small con Sat CN KE A OM 20053 01 Piel we e un un m m cen
229. r A 3 ISE CLEAN the electrodes are cleaned with the Clean solution present on the Sample Tray This operation has to be done every time there are problems in Calibrating the ISE Module If problems persist in Calibration see 21 Optional Modules de tailed description of the ISE module 18 2 3 REACTION AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEM CHECKS During Analyzer initialization the first seven checks are automatically perfor med including Read all Filters The remaining checks can be requested by the operator or when necessary in case of a malfunction in the System with a WAR NING A To perform checks All checks can be easily performed without a problem however special attenti on is needed when checking and or activating some of the parts Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 271 Measurement System Measurement System Set Action Time Result Set Action Time Result Instrument On Line 14 11 OK Read cuvette 38 E Init Hardware 1411 OK Read cuvette 39 Fill Hydraulics 1411 OK Test Photometer Waste Tank Level 14 12 OK Pump P7 ON Wash Tank Level 14 12 OK Pump P OFF Inc Liquid Level 14 12 OK Air Pump ON TestLevelBath 14 12 OK Air Pump OFF Drain Bath Pump P8 Fill Incub Bath Pump P8 OFF Wash All Cuvettes Pump P3 Clean All Cuvettes i Pump P3 OFF Read Temper Pump PE ON Read All Filters 14 12 i Pump P6 OFF Read 340 nm Pump P5 ON Read 380 nm 2 Pump P5 OFF Read 405 nm 2 Valve
230. reference pin 4 Figure 62 Insert pin 4 into one ofthe other holes and remove the plate 6 from above Dry plate 5 Remove the cuvette to be replaced using the extractor device D 1 Figure 41 6 Wet externally the new cuvette and insert it Replace the cuvette plate and the washing arm into their original positions Fill the incubation chamber with bi distilled water in one of the two ways Using the Tester exe click on TB Fill it will require two fil ling cycles From Maintenance F8 click on Fill Liquid Bath see 18 2 3 Reaction and Mea surement System Checks 18 7 1 2 Replace the Cuvette Plate and Check Alignment Replace the Cuvette Plate 1 Follow operation 1 through 4 descri bed in 18 7 1 1 To Replace a single FIGURE 66 cuvette 2 Replace the plate with a new one Code MA0188 01 Figure 58 3 Follow operation 7 and 8 in 18 7 1 1 To Replace a single cuvette Human A 298 Operation to be done e using Tester exe Before moving the plate e make sure that the Washing Arm is in Home positi on if necessary click HOME 21 Operation to be done with Analyzer turned OFF Figure 65 To avoid demages to e the Analyzer make sure that the preamplifier cord passes through the inside of the pulley Operation to be done with e analyzer turned OFF Check Alignment 4 5 Click in sequence PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Filter
231. rinter in use has been selected in the operating software Update the driver of the printer in Win dows Replace the computer PC board Description Complete Assy for computer module 1 version Complete Assy for computer module 2 version Multi serial board Passive board ISA BUS Driver FDD Hard disk with software Flat Cable for HDD Flat cable for FDD Computer PC complete with cable HDD cable FDD cable Keyboard Mouse Multi serial Cable Double Cable adapter for Keyboard mouse Printer Cable e Complete Software on a CD Rom PRP PPP PPP P To assure a fast and effici ent technical service to the clients HUMAN suggests to keep in stock the parts marked with When orde ring parts make sure to men tion Code Number Descripti on and Quantity HUman ANE 200 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual MISCELLANEOUS 201 15 MISCELLANEOUS In this section are described some of the modules integrated in the Analyzer 15 1 Diluter P N AY0069 05 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The Diluter module aspirates and dispenses samples and reagent by a linear movement of a highly precise syringe piston Each Diluter is controlled by a CPU Slave board The Syringe is inserted into a T holder On one side it is con nected to a peristaltic pump in order to wash the circuit after each operation the other side is connected to the Aspiration Pro be
232. rm on Wash Home Diluter Mixer On 5 sec Been 22320 Auto Check 2 42 01 PM Auto Check OK During Analyzer initialization the first four checks are automatically performed The remaining checks can be requested by the operator or when necessary in case of a malfunction in the Sampling System with a WARNING A Human A 270 At the end of testing e disactivate Pump P7 Pump P7 OFF To perform checks All checks can be easily performed without a problem however special attenti on is needed when checking and or activating the Peristaltic Pumps In order not to create malfunctions when activating the pumps proceed as fol lows Position the Sampling Arm above the WASHING WELL WASH if necessary activate command Arm on Wash To expel the wash solution activate pump P7 in the Cuvette Measurement System Pump P7 ON Test Pump P1 Pump P1 will operate for about 2 seconds The pump will ex pel via the Probe the quantity of liquid it aspirated from the WASHING well gt Check the ISE Module optional In this section there are some controls to clean the electrodes as follows 1 ISE mod On Line checks the communication between the PC Master and the ISE Module 2 ISE Maintenance ISE PURGE the electrodes are washed with Calibrato
233. s Next Select Drive C as destination to install the file Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 195 10 11 12 13 14 14 Ur ie 14 On request to override the present information present on press OK If requested to resize the disk select Automatic resize Select Fast Mode Press Next Press Finish and wait until installation is completed Select Exit and press Reboot Remove the CD Rom from the CD R reader Turn OFF the analyzer 5 4 TO RESTORE HW Remove the CD R and its power supply cable Turn ON the Analyzer Press Delete to enter the Bios setup Select BIOS FEATURES SETUP Select BOOT SEQUENCE use PgUp and PgDown to select C A CDROM and press ESC to return to the previous page Select SAVE and EXIT confirm with Y and press Enter PC executes a boot 5 5 TO RESTORE SW When the monitor displays the first green image of Windows press CTRL until all of the desktop Windows has been loaded Using Service Disk execute program SAVEDBCHEM EXE to install the Me thods Controls Calibrators Standards and Profiles previously programmed Double click on Analyzer to execute the program 14 6 Maintenance Remove the outside panels see General Maintenance The below operations have to be done with Analyzer turned OFF 14 1
234. s of the Sampling System such as Sample plate rotation Movement of the Sampling Arm and its Probe Sample Diluter and pump The board 17970 9 mother board holds also the A D converter board 17970 19 Human A 74 6 1 CPU Slave P N 17970 8 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION The structure of this board is shown in block diagram EB0045 XX and its electri cal diagram EB0045 00 B SC The processor unit U1 consists of a microcontroller U1 a memory RAM U3 and a programmed memory U2 including a bidirectional I O port serial transmission unit RS 232 U10 is used to Transmit Receive data bi directionally to the PC master Interface I O PIO U8 controls the input output signals to the peripheries of servo mechanisms positioning sensors pumps etc Block diagram The 3 CPU slaves 17970 8 are interchangeable 7 In replacing the CPU slave D1 Reference 2 reading check the correct 5V value of temperature displa yed on the monitor see sec tion General Maintenance U4U6 ADDRESS CPU BUFFER Ki U5 UT gt CONTROL to Temperature control momazoo m zo o TABLE 4 Item Test point Ranges 1 TP2 From 4 75V to 5 25V Nominal voltages 2 TP4 From 11 0V to 12 5V 3 TP6 From 4 90V to 5 10V Reg PR1 m 2Z nn Ger tename User manual MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N
235. s or 10 000 tests whichever is sooner Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 361 21 3 9 MOUNTING AND CONNECTING When installing the ISE Module for the first time into the HumaStar HS300SR follow exactly the procedure described below 21 3 9 1 Assemblies ISE Module and Pumps 1 Loosen the screw A that holds the inlet sample cup B of module 4 2 Rotate the inlet sample cup B so that it has the enters tubing in direction as shown in Fig on side then tighten screw A 230311208 Screw TCC M3x8 7 230 311 260 Screw TCC M4x12 6 230 341 208 5 232 151 201 4 AY0202 05 3_ AY0238 01 Screw TPSC M3x8 Indented washer M3 ISE module Waste pump _2 AYO238 02 1 MS 1008 01 POS CODE Pump holder CAL A pump DESCRIPTION 91 1 o 3 Position the module on the measurement holder plate and lock it with the two screws 7 see Figure 82 and Figure 839 To make easy the operation e it s suggest before to install the module on the measuring hol der connect both tubing 39 to waste connector 4 and 100175 01 to sample cup 1 see Figure 89 FIGURE 87 FIGURE 88 Human 362 FIGURE 89 Assemble the two pumps 2 and 3 on its holding panel 1 using screws 6 to keep the right position see Figure 82 and Figure 84 Position the two pumps assay on analyzer ba
236. s parallel with line 15 of the hole on the measure ment panel 9 Figure 62 and Figure 63 If necessary loosen screws 12 and correct the alignment 3 In section Washing Arm check enter 300 into space mm 10 and click MOVE Z to lower the Arm Loosening the screws 3 center with precision the AIR probe in side the cuvette In section Wahing Arm check enter 370 into space mm 10 and click MOVE Z Make sure that the two Probes when hitting the bottom of the cuvette go up 1 2 mm At the end check the proper operation of the Washing Arm 18 7 2 2 Washing Station Ope ration Check WASTE AIR 79 WASTE H20 77 20 78 Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 305 18 7 2 4 Replace the Washing Arm Motor 1 Remove the tubing from the Washing Probes 2 Remove screw 1 and the Washing Arm 2 Figure 63 3 Remove with a pointed tool the blocking pin 10 and take out from above the device 14 Disconnect all the internal tubing 4 Remove the wiring from motor from the driver board 17970 23 Remove the wiring from the motor cable Remove screws 4 and the Opto support 5 6 Rotate screw 13 counterclockwise in order to lower the arm support 11 all the way down it will be necessary to facilitate the removal of the assembly 7 Remove screws 3 and take out the assembly from below the measuring system 9 8 Loosen screws 7 h
237. se 14 7 Trouble Shooting Guide To solve some of the Problems use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect Causes and Remedies 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Disconnect the HDD and FDD Replace the computer PC board Computer does NOT turn ON Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 197 Analyzer is ON and does INIT but monitor does NOT display any images During operation the analyzer RESETS itself Mouse pointer blocks itself casually The analyzer is ON but does NOT do INIT After a while the Error is displayed HARDWARE TIME OUT Make sure that the monitor is connected to a power socket Make sure that monitor is inserted correct ly to the computer PC board Check the output to monitor by connec ting another monitor If the other monitor works replace the monitor If no image is visualized replace the com puter PC board Check the power supply see 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check the configuration of the BIOS Replace the computer PC board Replace the passive board ISA BUS Replace mouse Replace the adapter PS2 mouse keyboard Replace the computer PC board Check the power supply See 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check the internal serial cable connection Using the Diagnostic Program check in dividually the three Systems Reagents Sampling and Cuvette to determin if the cause is the sue to the slave CPU bo
238. se under the sampling tray see Figure 84 and lock them with the two screws 8 see Figure 82 Position the power supply PS on the analyzer base in the place indicated in the Figure 84 To hold it use two sided adhesive tape 21 3 9 2 Electrical Connections FIGURE 90 The ISE Module consists of the follow ing electrical parts 1 12V 2 Pumps 3 RS232 ISE Module Universal Power Supply PS suitable to input voltages of 110 230 Vac Two pumps PW PA Cord for serial connection Insert the input cord from the power supply PS through the hole present on the right side in the back of the analyzer front view see Figure 84 Connect the output connector from the Universal Power supply to the 12 V socket of the ISE module see Figure 85 Connect the pumps cable connectors one to the ISE module into socket PUMPS and others on the pump drive board socket without distinction see Figure 85 Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 363 EBO171 01 23 2 gt 1113111113 1 1 4 Insert the 171 01 serial adapter board on its connector COM 2 of the Master PC see Figure 87 5 Connect a side of cord RS232 to the serial port COM2 from the Master PC board via EB0171 01 serial adapter board LAN 9DB 6 Fixthe cord with plastic clamp Give the other side of cord RS232 into the its i
239. see also 3 5 Trou ble Shooting Guide Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 02 Replace board EB0033 02 Check and if necessary replace board 18720 24 Check and if necessary replace the CPU slave board of the Sampling System 18720 8 Check the start up PWR ON voltage of the Cu vette reaction system see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 01 Replace board EB0033 01 Check and if necessary replace board 18720 24 Check and if necessary replace the CPU slave board Cuvette Reaction System 18720 8 Check the start up PWR ON voltage of the Cu vette reaction system see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check fuse F1 on board EB0033 01 Replace board EB0033 01 Replace U2 on board 18720 24 or if necessary replace the board Remove pump 6 open it and clean it internally If P6 does NOT work check the continuity ofthe winding The winding has a diode in series Check the continuity of the of the thermic switch Replace board EBO122 01 Replace the CPU slave board of the Cuvette Reaction System 18720 8 Ger tename User manual PERSISTALTIC PUMP DRIVER P N EB0033 XX 147 10 4 Spare Part List Code Sub Code Description OTY To assure a rapid and efficient EB0033 01 Driver board pump P5 1 service to ones clients HU EB0033 02 Driver board pump P4 1 MAN EE EB0033 03 e Driver Board pump P1 P2 2 680 015 216 Fuse F1 1 6A 1 parts marked with When o
240. slave Cuvette Measurement System 8 Check the voltage of 5 00 VDC 0 1 9 To adjust the reference voltage use PR1 on board 17970 8 and read the tem perature by clicking on TB Temp Measurement System Set Action Time Instrument On Line 14 11 Init Hardware 1411 Fill Hydraulics 14 11 Waste Tank Level 14 12 _ Wash Tank Level 14 12 Inc Liquid Level 1412 Test evelBath 1412 1 Bath Fill Incub Bath Wash All Cuvettes Clean All Cuvettes ST v Read Temper 14 12 Read All Filters 1412 Read 340 nm Read 380 nm 22 Read 405 nm 2 C Read 510 nm 2 1 Read 546 nm 2 Read 578 nm I p gt 3 08 41 PM AutoCheck OK 7 Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 283 The procedure is finished when the monitor displays a temperature of 38 5 C 1 C and on TP6 there is a value of 5 00 VDC 0 1 Turn OFF the Analyzer and insert the Reaction Measurement System CPU Slave board into its place 18 5 2 CHECK TEMPERATURE IN THE REAGENT CHAMBER 1 Make sure that the fans of the coo ling radiator and that of the air recy This measure e ment should cling are working properly be made at least 2 Insert a Reagent bottle with appro 20 min after the ximately 30 to 40 ml of dist Water into the Reagent Chamber Make Analyzer has been ON sure that the cooling air vent is open Close the chamber with its covers and wait
241. ssing Sample 22 FIGURE 14 Washing Station 2 7 8 PROBE WASHING WELL The washing and cleaning of the Probe is impor tant to avoid carryover or contamination After each operation the Probe enters the Washing well where it is washed internally by Pump P1 ST and externally by Pump P P5 with wash solution e and finally it is dried externally by an air jet to eliminate any wash residue or drops 2 7 9 SAMPLE AND DILUTER There are two high precision diluters One to dispense the Reagent and another one to aspirate the sample and dispense it into the reaction cuvette The programmable volumes are Sample from 3 to 70 ul Reagent from 3ul to 500 ul Second Reagent 3ul to 300 with increments of 1 For the Reagent1 is possible to dispense lower volume to 300 ul only for me thods PreMix and Post R2 A peristaltic pump in series with the Diluter washes the Probes internally inside the Washing Wells after each operation By means of an air gap separation the wash solution is never in contact with the sample The wash volume has been optimized to assure perfect cleaning with less consumption of the wash solution 2 5 L h Ger tename User manual THE ANALYZER HUMASTAR 300 23 FIGURE 15 17915 sample dilutor w syringe 17916 reagent dilutor w syringe Reagent Syringe 1000 ul max cod 17916 1 syringe with piston Sample Syringe 600 ul max cod 17
242. st effi cient technical service to the users Crony Instruments suggests to keep in stock the parts indicated with 9 Human As 374 805 004 006 Reference electrode 1 EB0161 05 PW pump driver EB0161 06 PA pump driver 181 02 15 control board a Sample Sample Detector Optically Detects Air Bubble in Flow Signal to Microprocessor Nat lectrode Microprocessor measures Nat Potential mV K lectrode Microprocessor measures K Potential mV Cl ectrode Microprocessor measures Potential mV E Reference Electrode is Waste SSS Ger tename User manual OPTIONAL MODULES 375 Analyzer One Chlorine Potassium Chlorine 134 410 98 132 400 97 132 400 97 132 400 97 132 410 97 132 410 97 131 410 97 131 410 97 131 410 97 132 400 96 131 90 4 06 97 00 131 75 0 0 88 0 05 0 47 0 1 39 CV 066 1 27 0 49 CV 1 05 Analyzer Three Analyzer Four E 2 9 Potassium 150 6 90 150 6 90 151 6 90 150 6 90 151 7 00 149 6 90 150 7 00 149 6 90 151 7 00 153 7 10 151 7 00 151 7 10 153 7 00 151 7 10 152 7 10 150 7 10 150 7 10 150 7 10 151 7 00 151 7 40 151 00 7 00 150 40 7 02 SD 0 9428 0 07 50 1 17 0 10 CV 0 6244 0 95 CV 078 147 Human 376 21 4 Documentation Sal 31417 230 OL 313 aL 394 FIGURE 98 15 module control
243. sted to re install the operative software from the CD Rom 14 4 Configuration of BIOS Configuration of BIOS board CPU PENTIUM tipo SBC 557 con LCD TFT Nec BIOS Rev 1 4 12 07 2001 Rev 1 5 07 25 2002 Use the following procedure when Problems when installing Windows98SE Replacement of the battery memory buffer CMOS There are problems with the peripheries 1 Turn ON the analyzer and wait for the boot procedure The display will show the memory control and some information about the BIOS Press DEL or CANC on the keyboard to enter the Main Menu of SETUP the following image will be displayed Tomove inside the Menu use the arrows 1 1 Toenterthe sub menu use keys Invio or Enter To modify parameters use Pag 1 and Pag I Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N AY0199 01 191 ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2A5KKAK9 CMOS SETUP UTILITY AWARD SOFTWARE INC STANDARD CMOS SETUP INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS BIOS FEATURES SETUP SUPERVISOR PASSWORD CHIPSET FEATURES SETUP USER PASSWORD POWER MANAGEMENT SETUP IDE HDD AUTO DETECTION PNP PCI CONFIGURATION HDD LOW LEVEL FORMAT LOAD BIOS DEFAULTS SAVE amp EXIT SETUP H LOAD SETUP DEFAULTS EXIT WITHOUT SAVING Esc Quit y Select Item F10 Save amp Exit Setup Shift F2 Change Color 2 Select STANDARD CMOS SETUP and enter the parameters as shown below ROM PCI ISA BIOS 2 5 9 STANDARD CMOS SETUP AWARD
244. t J7 rotational movement 5 input signal from Reagent Plate activated via transition of driver module J9 Human 108 FIGURE 34 We highly suggest e NOT to modify the positions of the mo dules When replac ing use modules with the same codes indicated in front of each module Ger tename User manual HI FROM J3 245 FROM 15 145 XX FROM 145 Block diagram CUVETTE PLATE ROTATION MOVEMENT REAGENTS ARM ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT REAGENTS PROBE VERTICAL MOVEMENT REAGENTS PLATE ROTATION MOVEMENT REAGENT PLATE REAGENT PROBE REAGENT ARM CUVETTE PLATE STEPPER MOTOR STEPPER MOTOR STEPPER MOTOR STEPPER MOTOR DRIVE PCB DRIVE PCB DRIVE PCB DRIVE PCB MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 109 JP1 Closed DOCUMENTATION 17970 26 A SC electrical diagram 17970 26 A PM assembly drawing 8 3 Driver For Stepper Motor P N 17970 20 23 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Function of this board is to Control the stepper motor Keep the motor under charge during stand by Give sense of rotation Select the 24V via fuse F1 To interface the following logical signals Flag of SYNC and HOME of the Opto couples ON OFF of the Mixer motor Timing sensor of the Probe Level Timing SCL serial clock e SDA serial data for the serial transmission of the ENCODER T
245. t see 18 7 1 1 To Replace a single cuvette 1 Click on PWR ON section Reagent or Sample 2 Click in sequence HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Arm HOME Diluter 3 Click in sequence PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Filter section Cuvette to verify its Home position 4 In section to check Probe enter 500 into space mm 10 and click MOVE Z to lower the probe Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 287 5 Click on MIXER and make sure that the probe does not touch the cuvette walls 6 Click on HOME Z to bring back the probe to its Home position If necessary proceed to align the Arm see 18 6 2 2 To Align the Arm into Home Position At the end check the probe inside the Reagent bottle inside the Reagent plate see 18 6 3 Reagent Chamber and inside the Sample tray in one of the sample cups see 18 6 4 Sample Plate 18 6 2 2 To Align the Arm into Home Position The check described herewith depends on the correct Home position of the Cu vette Plate If necessary align that plate first see 18 7 1 1 To Replace a single cuvette The present procedure is valid for both the Reagent as well as the Sample Arms 1 Follow the procedure described in 18 6 2 1 Check Electronic Alignment from 1 to 6 2 Loosen screw 16 of the encoder disk 7 so the disk is movable hexa key 1 5mm Figure 52 3 Rotate manually the encoder disk 7 see note 4 Repe
246. t hold the fan support 12 to the dissipator 14 Raise the support 12 making sure not to demage the fan cable 8 Turn around support 12 Remove screws 13 that hold the dissipator 14 to the spacers 18 Turn around the dissipator 14 Remove the thermal isolator 20 6 Remove the Peltier element 19 and clean off the thermal grease from the 9 dissipator 14 Spread new thermal grease uniformelly onto the warm side B of the new Peltier Place the new Peltier 19 element delicatelly onto its support make sure to place correctly the cables 16 red 17 black Press lightly onto the Peltier to get a uniform layer of grease underneath 10 Place evenly thermal grease onto the warm side A of the new Peltier 11 Place delicately the dissipator 14 and tighten screws 13 12 Reassemble the Cooling System following the procedure in reverse Turn On the Analyzer wait approximately 30 min to reach its optimum working temperature See Figure 38 It is suggested to clean the dissipators every 2 years to eliminate the accummulated dust and dirt that dimishes the efficiency of the Cooling Sy stem FIGURE 41 Human A 210 Make sure that the fan 8 inside the Reagent chamber works peoperly and cool air is pumped in the direction of the arrow Make sure fans 22 are in operation and are pumping the hot dissipated air in the direction of the arrows FIGURE 42 HOT AIR 15 5 3
247. tabilized 15V for the A D converter board not stabilized 15V for the A D converter board stabilized for the analog circuits to control the temperatures in the incubation bath and the refrigeration module stabilized for the refrigeration module stabilized for the motor driver modules and the photometer lamp to supply the resistance inside the thermostat Ger tename User manual OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAMM P N 10110 01 33 Ref OO N A UU P Q N P Test Point TP3 TP6 TP5 R38 side VR2 TP8 TP7 Pin 15 U2 Fuse F5 Pin 8 J10 Fuse F1 F2 F3 F4 Adjust to the minimum value All voltages are referred to GND TP1 DOCUMENTATION 1797077 ASC 17970 7 B PM JP1 Closed JP2 Closed JP3 Closed Range Note lt 2 75 V 0 05 Adj R48 5 V 0 1 Adj R47 3 075 V 0 05 Adj R26 5 V 0 1 425V 3 25V 3 15 0 3 12V 1 24 2 electrical diagram assembly drawing 3 4 Power Supply Maintenance Operations to be performed with Analyzer turned OFF Remove the outside panels see General Maintenance paragraph To remo ve outside Panels To follow the electrical connections see diagrams 0107 01 5 e 0107 01 DW included in this section 3 4 1 TO REMOVE THE POWER SUPPLY 1 Disconnect the two connectors 22 P N WC0105 01 Figure 21 2 Remove the four screws 8 that hold it to the base hexa key 4mm Figure 20 3 Disconnect connectors
248. tained used with equipment not approved by HUMAN or used for purpo ses for which it was not designed HUMAN shall be relieved of any obligation under this warranty unless 1 Acompleted installation warranty registration form is received by HUMAN within 15 days of installation of this product 2 The Buyer within the applicable period of time returns the defective product or part thereof freight pre paid at Buyer s expense to HUMAN This warranty does not apply to damages incurred in shipment of goods Any da mage so incurred shall be reported to the freight carrier for settlement or claim HUMAN reserves the right to reject any warranty claim on any item that has been altered or has been returned by non acceptable means of transportation or packaging In all cases HUMAN has the sole responsibility for determining the causes and nature of the failure Crony s determination with regard thereto shall be final Human ANE 2 5 Installation 2 5 1 UNPACKING Shipping and packing materials have been selected to provide maximum pro tection during transportation under normal handling conditions Notice Once the carrier e hastaken possession of the system for transportati on from the factory carrier assumes all liability until delivery All claims for damage due to transportati on must be filed with the carrier as soon as possible FIGURE 3 Shipping crate The system serial number is identified as the seri
249. ter 262 18 MAINTENANCE 267 18 1 PREFACE 267 18 2 OPERATING PROGRAM CHECKS 267 18 2 1 Reagent System 268 18 2 2 Sampling System 269 18 2 3 Reaction and Measurement System Checks 18 3 DEVICED FOR MAINTENANCE 18 3 1 To remove casing 18 4 PHOTOMETER MODULE 18 4 1 Photometer 18 4 2 To Equalize and Replace Filters 18 4 3 Replace Motor and Belt 18 4 4 Replace and clean lenses 18 5 TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT AND CONTROL 18 5 1 Check Temperature in Incubation Bath 18 5 2 Check Temperature in the Reagent Chamber 18 6 PREPARATION SYSTEM 18 6 1 Sampling Arm vertical movement Probe 18 6 2 Sampling Arm rotational movement 18 6 3 Reagent Chamber 18 6 4 Sample Plate 18 7 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM 18 7 1 Check Reaction and Measurement Plate 18 7 2 Cuvette Washing Arm 18 8 PROGRAMMED MAINTENANCE 18 8 1 Daily Check 18 8 2 Every two weeks 18 8 3 Once month or when necessary 18 8 4 Every six months or when necessary 18 8 5 Replace Photometer Lamp 18 8 6 Programmed Maintenance Table 270 272 273 275 275 277 280 281 281 281 283 283 284 286 290 293 296 297 303 308 308 309 309 310 310 310 CONTENTS 19 GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 19 9 PROBLEMS WITH POWER SUPPLY PROBLEMS WITH MASTER COMPUTER AND ITS CPU SLAVES PROBLEMS WITH DILUTER MECHANICAL MOVEMENT PROBLEMS TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS PROBLEMS WITH PHOTOMETER PRE AMPLIFIER AND LAMP PROBLEMS WITH UNRELIABLE RESULTS PR
250. th distilled water Replace the plate into the incubation chamber Operation to be done with e Analyzer turned OFF Human ANE 310 TABLE 20 Maintenance Program 6 Run at least twice Wash all Cuvettes see 18 7 2 5 Cleaning and Washing the inside of cuvettes 18 8 4 EVERY SIX MONTHS OR WHEN NECESSARY Check the condition of all the pump tubing inside the peristaltic pumps located under the Diluters and the manifold Change them if necessary The usage of the tubing is directly proportional to the amount of work done on the Analyzer 18 8 5 REPLACE PHOTOMETER LAMP Replace the lamp as described in the Maintenance Program The Analyzer has built in two lamps to make it simple in case the first lamp burns out To activate the second lamp follow the simple instructions described in 18 4 1 Photometer We suggest to replace the burned lamp as fast as possible Before replacing the lamp clean the optical lenses with a solution used to clean eye glasses or eye lenses 18 8 6 PROGRAMMED MAINTENANCE TABLE This Table indicates the maintenance operations required by the different Mo dules 15 30 4 6 1 2 Operation dd dd mo mo yy yy Replace liquid in Incubation Chamber Clean Incubation chamber Clean cuvettes Replace Syringe type 4 and 5 cylinder and piston Replace Pump tubing pumps P 3 P7 P8 Replace Pump tubing pumps P1 P2 P4 P5 Replace the pump crown on pumps P3 P7 P8 Replace pump P6
251. th the No 3051 55 SAVEDBCHEH Ver 02 00 02 x Help Select Restore Methods M Controls Standards I Profiles Messages Errors 17 7 Communication Protocol 17 7 1 DATA EXCHANGE WITH HOST COMPUTER The HUMASTAR 300 software enable to exchange data with other computers via a serial port RS 232 or from a floppy disk There are two instructions 1 Transfer a WORKLIST from Host to the Analyzer Download 2 Transfer RESULTS to the Host Upload ee nn Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 259 17 7 2 HOST COMPUTER SETUP HUMASTAR 300 has a built in serial line RS232 COM 1 that enables to pre set the communication speed via its software Such modification takes place by programming the serial port via the computer board For further information see section 16 paragraph 16 5 The Host computer that is connected to the HUMASTAR 300 has to have its transmition parameters preset default values as follows 19200 N 8 1 XON XOFF 17 7 3 CONNECTIONS The HOST computer has to be connected to the serial port 1 of the HUMASTAR 300 COM 1 by a serial cable with the following connections HOST COMPUTER DTE HUMASTAR 300 DTE DB9 DB25 DB9 2 EE 3 Zi EEN 2 5 17 7 4 PROTOCOL STRUCTURE The data exchange is organized in packets These can be classified as Prologue Packet sends first a file indicating the number of lines that will be transferred Followed by the struc
252. the ADC converter Click on Photometer a window opens below the cuvette test as follows Click on Read All the Cuvette following information will Homez Tetz be displayed Beed READING Home Plate Test Plate 2 F1 filter Move Plate 1 7 Fe Cuv Speed Home Filter Test Filter 3 decimal value of the 16 bit conversion second reading sme the following een the first an information will be second reading displayed WATER Read One enables the 1 F1 filter reading of one fileter Mus rie of only that has to be n re selected click on Filter and move filter Zu Click on 2 so that the g reading becomes continuous 1 mAbs between first and second reading The reading scale of the converter goes from a decimal value called count of 0 zero to 65 535 16 bit Items Read One and Read All will be activated only after having executed the command Water B 17 3 3 2 Test ISE optional This test controls the ISE module Click on Test ISE after a few seconds the result will be displayed as follows ISE module is ready ISE module is NOT ready For further information see 21 Optional Modules Pr R2 Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 249 17 3 4 UTILITY OF THE SAMPLING SYSTEM For these tests see figur
253. the HDD pa rameters and displays the Warning DISK BOOT FAILURE chapter 14 T S Guide BIOS program does not recognize the FLOPPY DISK driver and displays a warning FLOPPY DISK FAIL IMPOSSIBLE to save data on the Floppy Diskette System Clock does not keep time Printer does not work I Trouble Shooting Guide e will be referred to as T S Guide Human ANE 314 when turning ON the Analyzer no acoustic beep is heard from the CPU slave The Master CPU Pentium does not communicate with the CPU slaves There are malfunctions during routine operation as well as when using the Diagnostic Program chapter 6 T S Guide 19 3 Problems with Diluter Defect Found To solve see Diluter does not work chapter 4 T S Guide Syringe piston does NOT move Syringe piston does irregular movements and blocks itself chapter 7 T S Guide Diluter does NOT operate with the Diagnostic Test Program 19 4 Mechanical Movement Problems Defect Found To solve see Reagent ARM Sampling ARM and Cuvette plate do NOT move Cuvette Washing Probes and Cuvette plate do chapter 8 T S Guide NOT move Filter Wheel does NOT move During HOME positioning of the following move ments there are problems HOME Cuvette Washing Arm HOME Cuvette plate HOME filter wheel SYNC filter wheel HOME probe of Sampling Arm HOME slider Sampling Arm chapter 13 T S Guide Ft Ger tename User
254. the continuity of the magnet coil EM0027 01 by measuring the its resistance of about 50 Ohm if necessary replace it Replace board EB0175 01 HUman ANE 348 Crony Instruments sug e gests to keep in stock the parts indicated with When ordering parts make sure to mention Code Number and Description Ger tename User manual 21 1 5 SPARE PART LIST P N 114 03 AY0133 01 FC0086 03 230 101 259 232 101 251 KG0114 04 AY0133 01 FC0086 02 230 01 230 101 259 232 101 251 230 101 209 232 153 201 KG0115 02 AY0133 01 FC0086 02 FC0086 03 230 01 230 101 259 232 101 251 230 101 209 232 153 201 0133 01 230 311 206 230 313 104 276 012 012 330 020 110 506 200 005 506 200 090 111 01 51063 01 230 01 0027 01 MAO0226 01 DESCRIPTION Kit Bar Code Reader Samples Bar code reader assembly Flat cable 10 pin Screw TCEI 4 10 asher flat M4 Kit Bar Code Reader Reagents Bar code reader assembly Flat cable 10 pin Mirror magnet assay Screw TCEI 4 10 asher flat M4 Screw TCEI M3x10 asher M3 Kit Bar Code Reader Reagents and Samples Bar code reader assembly Flat cable 10 pin Flat cable 10 pin Mirror magnet assay Screw TCEI 4 10 Washer flat M4 Screw TCEI M3x10 Washer M3 Bar code reader assembly Screw TCC M3x6 Screw TCC M2x4 Fix cable Jumper Driver bar code Flex cable Interface Bar code Bar code holder in PVC Mirror amp magnet assay Magnet Mirror 10
255. the moving parts 11 4 Spare Part List Code EA0044 01 EA0044 02 EA0076 01 EA0076 02 PD0053 01 Check perform a manual Reset of the CPU slabe board and make sure that the DL5 and DL6 are flashing intermittently Check the start up PWR ON voltage of both the Reagent and Sampling Systems see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Check voltage 5V on J1 Replace the programmable device PD0053 xx Replace the encoder board Replace the CPU slave board of the Reagent Cuvette orthe Sample System In absance of power supply of 24V PWR OFF check manually and make sure there is no friction or impediments in the moving parts If the cause is due to friction lubricate the mechanism with a few drops of very light oil Make sure that the encoder disk is centered inside the opto detector on the encoder board If the cause id due to a mechanical blockage it is suggested to see the the section in 18 Maintenance Replace the motor driver module EB0092 xx Description OTY Encoder vertical movement of Probes both Sampling gt and Reagents Encoder Arm movement of both the Sample and gt Reagent Encoder rotation of the Cuvette Reaction plate 1 Encoder rotation of the Sample and Reagent plates 2 Programmable device for EA0076 XX and EA0044 XX 1 Ger tename User manual ENCODER MOTORE 165 11 5 Enclosed Documentation 11 5 1 EB0072 01 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 11 5 2 EB0072 01 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING
256. the plastic cover to insert the lamp Mic gt der 7 Proceed in reverse to lock the lamp Operation to be done with analyzer turned OFF see Fig Figure 44 If all the values are lower then 60 or higher then 90 it is possible to adjust the sensitivity of the amplifier using the PR1 of the ADC P N EB0089 01 board See Chapter 9 If one or more filters are less then 60 or more then 90 it will be necessary to equalize those interference filters see 18 4 2 To Equalize and Replace Filters FIGURE 52 Human A 276 If all the values are lower then e 39 000 or higher then 60 000 it is possible to adjust the sensiti vity of the amplifier using the PR1 of the ADC P N EB0089 01 board See Chapter 7 If one or more fil ters are less then 39 000 or more then 60 000 it will be necessary to equalize those interference fil ters see 18 4 2 To Equalize and Replace Filters Table 14 displays the con e version values between the different measurements Procedure 1 alignment of lamp using Analyzer Maintenance F8 8 Turn On the Analyzer 9 Pipette into cuvette 38 500 ul of dist water 10 Go to Maintenance F8 Reaction Measurement System 11 Execute command Plate Home 12 Select Test Fotometer and press START A 13 The photometer will read continuously at 340 nm for about 80 sec On the line right of the Test Fotometer will be
257. the reference pin 4 Figure 64 Re insert cuvette N 38 19 Re insert la the encoder board 16 and screws 15 Figure 64 Operations to be done using Tester exe 20 Click in sequence PWR ON HOME Z HOME Plate HOME Filter in section cuvette 21 Fill the incubation chamber with bi distilled water by clicking on TB Fill it will require two filling cycles 22 Align the Cuvette Plate see 18 7 1 2 Replace the Cuvette Plate and Check Alignment 18 7 1 6 Replace motor and belts of the Cuvette Plate Replacement of Belts 37 40 Operation to be done with 1 Remove screws 9 and 10 hexa keys and 4mm remove reducer 39 to analyzer turned OFF gether with the two toothed belts 37 and 40 Figure 64 and Figure 66 2 Remove the stud 4 by removing screws 10 Loosen screws 11 hexa key 1 5 mm and remove the axis 5 Figure 61 3 Remove pulley 2 Attention there are two flat isolation washers 4 Replace the belts 37 and 40 Figure 65 with original ones 5 Re assemble the pulley proceeding in reverse 6 Remount the reducer 39 on the photometer assembly and ad just the ten sion of the belt 37 7 Adjustthe tension of the belt 37 as follows 8 Rotate the holder 39 counterclockwise to obtain flexibility in the center of the belt 39 of 2 mm with a pressure of 1 Kg see Figure 66 Human A 302 9 Tighten screws 9 and 10 10 Proceed to pre align
258. thods Controls Standards Calibrators and Profiles programmed in the analyzer software to avoid loo sing data in case the Service Disk has been damaged Proceed as described below 4 5 Double click on the Analyzer icon present on desktop Windows Enter one by one the sub programs from the Main Menu and using File print the data Print All Page Turn OFF the analyzer 14 5 2 PREPARATION HW 1 Make sure that the Hard Disk has been preset as MASTER with the right jum pers and the CD R reader as Slave Connect the CD R reader to the flat cable Connect the power supply cord to the CD R reader Turn ON the Analyzer Press DEL or to enter the BIOS setup Select BIOS FEATURES SETUP Select BOOT SEQUENCE use PgUp and PgDown to select CDROM C A then press ESC to return to the previous page 8 Insert the CD Rom with the new software version into the CD R reader 9 Select SAVE and EXIT confirm with Y Press Enter The PC will execute a boot 14 5 3 UPDATE SW 1 N om As soon as the boot is over the Start Up program will be executed from the CD R reader During loading the following massage will be displayed Gene ral failure writing drive A press key F Fail to proceed Once the program Drive Image started select Restore Image Select Browse Select file Press OK Pres
259. tic reagents are freshly prepared and place into clean bottles Make sure that the Wash Solution is freshly prepared Clean all probes and the cuvettes Make sure that the Mixed works properly Photometer lamp not properly aligned check and re align Low signal from the preamplifier board Make sure that the output signal from the preamplifier under opti mum conditions is between 0 7 and 1 4 V Check method and make sure that the reagent and sample volumes are correct filter type of measurement and incubation time Repeat calibration for all those methods Check method parameters Standards and Calibrators maybe old try with fresh and new ones Check the Factors that are being used Check incubation temperature if enzymes kinetics are too high Same as above Check the incubation temperature Make sure that the Reagents Standards Calibrators and the Samples are fresh Repeat calibration of method Check expiration date of the Serum Controls Check method it may have been programmed badly Make sure the values refer to the method and reagent specs supplied by that reagent manufacturer Make sure that the serum controls are not deteriorated Repeat the test using an alternative method or different reagent If substrate depletion dilute sample and repeat calibra tion with freshly prepared reagents and standards Human As 318 Contamination Drift Sampling and Reagent Probes are leaking check the tu
260. ting pro gram does not display WARNING Section 4 T S Guide NO WARNING on incub Bath level TB HIGH Flag TB HIGH works on Mother Board but no signal is displayed WARNING incub Bath level LOW Flag LOW works on Mother Board but is not displayed Mixer does not work chapter 12 T S Guide 19 10 Problems Cooling System Defect Found Causes and Remedy Cooling System does NOT cool See chapter 3 and 15 T S Guide 19 11 Problems with Thermostat Defect Found Causes and Remedy Temperature in Incub bath Wait a few minutes then check in does NOT reach its optimum Maintenance by activating Read Temp C Thermostat does NOT heat See chapter 3 T S Guide See chapter 16 General Mainte SC Temperature Setting Temperature in incub Bath is too high Checkiftubingto Valve V1 and pump Liquid does NOT circulate P4 are blocked if necessary replace Make sure that pump P6 and valve V1 work properly Human bn 322 19 12 Problems with Pumps and Valves Defect Found Pump P4 does NOT aspirate liquid Air pump does NOT start Pumps P5 P6 do not work Because the pumps do not work Valves V1 and V2 do not start Pump P4 became very noisy Time to fill the incub bath has increased Time to drain the incub Bath has increase Incub bath is not being filled 19 13 Leakage Problems Defect Found Water residue in cuvettes after wash
261. to window Position see parameters ee nn Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 251 The test activates a program of a random movement of the Sample plate Enter the TEST number of cycles into window mm 10 Position Probe and plate into 1 PLATE SAMPLE TEST REPEATS HOME position 16 3 1 Before running this Test Position Probe and plate into HOME position WASH MOVE SAMP Thistest activates the Sapling Arm rotation Position Probe and plate into 1 ARM CUV from its HOME to the programmed position HOME position 16 3 1 The test activates the random rotation ofthe TEST Sampling Arm starting from HOME to the Position Probe and plate into 1 ARM programmed position The number of cycles HOME position 16 3 1 are programmed in SAMPLE TEST REPEATS This test moves the syringe piston To run MOVE Max volume to be to be pro 3 3000 this test enter the volume into window uL DILUTER 10 grammed is 6000 uL 10 16 3 1 This test activates a program of a radmom TEST DI 3000 movement of the syringe piston for the volu Max volume to be to be pro 3 LUTER me set in window ul 10 and the number grammed is 6000 uL 10 16 3 1 of cycles as set in SAMPLE TEST REPEATS To command the AIR PUMP it is necessay to tivate PWR ON and AIR in both Sam AIR gt eS I in both Sam At the end click O in Sampling pling and Cuvette Systems PUMP system To activate pump click 1 stop pump click
262. tric windows at 90 from each N other passes between two Opto switches D1 and D3 these gene rate two symmetric square waves CH A CH B As the disk turns a third optoswitch D2 generates a signal SYNC every 360 due to the hole in the disk The signal SYNC together with the HOME signal determine the mechanical zero The information is sent via a seri al line SCL serial clock and SDA serial data from the ucontroller U1 to the corresponding CPU slave board The Red LED DL6 indicates the presence of a signal from the se rial clock SCL requested by the controller U1 The Green LED 015 indicates the presence of a serial signal SDA containing data and address of gt ns the peripheries requested by the e Block diagram TOJ5 EB0092 02 pcontroller U1 LLL LLL 158 DO NOT change the po e sitions of the jumpers TABLE 12 The flow chart on the side e shows the sequence of the encoder assembly Ger tename User manual HARDWARE CONFIGURATION Table 10 shows the position of the jumpers present on the board Version Assembly Position of jumpers JPX Encoder Mechanical EA0044 01 0105 01 EA0044 02 0168 01 EA0044 02 0169 01 LED Color DL3 yellow 015 Green DL6 Red JP1 ADL JP2 ADH JP3 TST O Open C Closed JP3 TST Des
263. trical diagram 3 7 9 17970 7 B PM assembly drawing 4 INTERFACE PUMP VALVES P N 17970 24 4 1 MAINTENANCE 4 1 1 To Replace Pump Interface and valves 4 2 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 4 3 SPARE PART LIST 4 4 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 4 4 1 17970 24 A SC electric diagram pag 1 3 4 4 2 17970 24 A SC electric diagram pag 2 3 4 4 3 17970 24 A SC electric diagram pag 3 3 24 27 27 29 29 30 30 31 31 33 33 35 35 36 36 37 37 37 41 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 55 57 57 58 60 60 60 60 60 CONTENTS 4 4 4 17970 24 A PM assembly drawing 5 POWER SUPPLY PHOTOMETER LAMP P N 17970 10 5 1 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 5 2 SPARE PART LIST 5 3 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 5 3 1 17970 10 A SC electrical diagram 5 3 2 17970 10 A PM assembly drawing 6 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY P N EA0073 02 6 1 CPU SLAVE P N 17970 8 6 2 MOTHER BOARD P N 17970 9 6 3 MAINTENANCE 6 3 1 CPU slave board replacement 6 3 2 Mother Board replacement 6 4 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 6 5 SPARE PART LIST 6 6 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 6 6 1 EB0045 00 B SC electrical diagram 6 6 2 17970 8 A PM assembly drawing 6 6 3 17970 9 A SC electrical diagram 6 6 4 17970 9 B PM assembly drawing 7 DILUTER DRIVER P N 17970 11 7 1 MAINTENANCE 7 1 1 Replacement of Driver Board 7 2 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 7 3 SPARE PART LIST 7 4 ENCLOSED DOCUMENTATION 7 4 1 17970 11 A SC electrical diagram 7 4 2 17970 11 C PM assembly drawin
264. ts marked with Wiker orderi 17970 26 Mother board control motor 1 When ordering parts make 17970 20 e Driver motor rotation Reagent Arm 1 sure to mention the following EB0082 05 17970 20 Driver motor rotation Sampling Arm 1 Code Number Description and 17970 20 Driver motor rotation Sample Plate 1 Quantity 17970 20 Driver motor rotation Cuvette Plate 1 Driver motor UP movement Sam 17970 21 e 1 pling Probe EB0092 03 Driver motor UP movement Reagent 17970 21 1 Probe EB0092 04 17970 22 Driver motor filter wheel 1 Driver motor UP movement Cuvette 92 05 17970 23 e 1 washing Probe Driver motor rotation Reagent plate 1 Fuse F1 1 6 1 EB0092 06 17970 24 680 020 216 Ger tename User manual MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY P N AY0113 01 AY0114 01 115 8 7 Enclosed Documentation 8 7 1 8 7 2 8 7 3 8 7 4 8 7 5 8 7 6 8 7 7 8 7 8 8 7 9 8 7 10 17970 26 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM 17970 26 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING 17970 26 A SC ELECTICAL DIAGRAM 17970 26 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING EB0092 01 A SC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM EB0092 02 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING EB0092 03 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING EB0092 04 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING EB0092 05 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING EB0092 06 A PM ASSEMBLY DRAWING Human ANE 16 5 SAMPLES VERTICAL JOLLE VARE NIO BPACLJU CAMPION BELLE ANA AE ANA NEE En 8 5 8 amp
265. ture of that data packet HeadChar NumberOfLines Checksum CR Data Packet sent after with the following structure HeadChar DataRecord CheckSum CR this character is a space with the value of ASCII 32 HEX 20 HeadChar is a sinle character at the start of a line such as R Risults in case of transmition Patient in case of reception Human ANE 260 NumberOfLines is the number of lines that are to be transferred its format is 5 digits with leading spaces DataRecord is described in the paragraph Transmition and Reception Each field of DataRecord has to be different from the others with a separating character ASCII 124 HEX 7C CheckSum is calculated by adding the ASCII value of each packet of cha racters from HeadChar up to but without including it before the CheckS um This corresponds to four digits in hexadecimal format without spacing with leading zeroes example OEA2 Below is given an example of Checksum reception of a specific introductory WORKLIST P2 0122 Char ASCII Dec ASCII Hex 80 50 32 20 32 20 32 20 32 20 32 20 2 50 32 290 122 CR stands for Carriage Return ASCII 13 HEX 0D Each transmition should start with a data packet where the first informarion after the letter P R indicates the number of lines that will follow Structure example Prologue HeadChar
266. uid in Wash Solution container WARNING message in level Incubation bath See as above for Sample Do NOT shake the reagent when prepa ring swirl gently and it slowly stabilize Shaking reagent creates bubbles and foam that disturb the normal operation of the sensor Make sure that the reagent bottle is NOT TOO FULL Reagent should be below the narrow neck when the level sensor enters the bottle See chapter 12 T S Guide Probe enters liquid Reagent or Sample and gives an error No sample or no Rea gent Make sure that the connection bet ween board 124 and the Probe are done properly Bad isolation between the Probe and the board See above Replace cable WC0101 XX See chapter T S Guide Prepare a fresh wash solution See chapter 12 T S Guide Check contact and connector If continues remove the closure wash it with dist Water and dry it See chapter 6 T S Guide Sensor that checks the level is dirty or bro ken if necessary replace Go to Maintenance and select Fill Bath Make sure that pump P4 and valve V1 are both working well Ger tename User manual GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE 321 Defect Found To solve see NO WARNING flags are given on the follow ing errors liquid level Incub Bath INCUB liquid level of Wash solution WASH level in waste container WASTE The above flags INCUB WASH and WASTE work on Mother Board but opera
267. ut CL electrodes from 0 5V to 3V 12 TP12 From 4 75V to 5 25V 13 TP13 From 0 7V to 4V Reg PR1 14 TP14 AGND 15 TP15 From 4 75V to 5 25 All voltages are referred to AGND DGND TP6 TP7 with JP2 closed 1 1 1 2 1 2 closed JP2 open Board Description Device Layout Ref Firmware P N 181 02 ISE control board PIC30F4011 U1 PD0064 02 DOCUMENTATION 181 02 0 5 ISE module control board Electrical diagram pg 1 2 see gure 83 181 02 0 5 ISE module control board Electrical diagram pg 2 2 see gure 84 EB0181 02 0 PM ISE module control board Assembly drawing pg 1 2 see gure 85 21 3 3 1 How changes the air bubble signal TP13 during a purge cycle The air bubble flag TP13 informs the micro controller about the proper filling of electrodes channel it is generated by an optical detector TABLE 23 TABLE 24 Jumpers Settings TABLE 25 List of programmable devices Human A 356 The diagram below shows the four phases of purge cycle 1 Theelectrodes channel and also the input sample cup are both empties TP13 is low about gt 4V 2 In this phase the sample cup is full while the electrodes channel is empty WASTE pump OFF N EB0181 02 0 01019 e 3 Start the ISE purge command start the WASTE pump the sample comes transferred into the electrodes channel and the detector signal changes from about 4V to lt 1V 4 During
268. uter PC board Check then the connection of power sup ply and the flat cable connection to the computer PC board and to the FDD driver Enter the BIOS and check section STAN DARD CMOS SETUP parameter Drive A it should be set to 1 44 Mb Exit BIOS and repeat boot If the problem persists replace the flat ca ble Replace the FDD driver Replace the computer PC board See the remarks above Make sure that the disk is not protected Replace the the FDD driver The analyzer has not been used for a long time Leave analyzer ON for a while and check clock again the next time you turn ON the analyzer Replace the computer PC board Ger tename User manual COMPUTER MODULE P N AY0096 01 P N 0199 01 199 Printer does not print or prints strange characters 14 8 Spare Part List Code AY0096 01 AY0199 02 17889 910 001 060 910 003 017 FC0069 01 910 002 066 910 004 005 17990P Sub_Code 17889 17889 910 002 031 17810 7 910 001 005 179335 910 002 062 910 002 063 910 002 062 910 002 063 Make sure the printer is connected to a po wer socket and its switch is ON Check the connection of the parallel cable from the printer to the computer PC board Make sure the printer is ON LINE Make sure that in OPIONS F9 the printer is set to PRINT ON LINE Make sure that the parallel port LPT1 is correctly inserted in the connector to the computer PC board Make sure that the p
269. utside of Linearity Range 11 Missing reagent 12 Missing sample 13 Error in ISE module Result Use period as separator Measurement Units Alphanumeric Min Normal result Max Normal result Date of Test Format Data YYYYMMDDHHMM 1 Can be empty only if there is a Last Name however if the data is to be memorized in the Pending List it has to have a valid ID code 2 Can be empty only if there is a valid ID Patient Example 1 Rossi Mario 48 1 Ematologia O BUN 0 10 2 mg dl 15 50 200406201030 189E where R space is the start of DataRecord space ASCII 32 HEX 20 1 Identified Patient max 13 characters Rossi Last Name max 16 characters Mario First Name max 12 characters 48 Age 1 Sex 0 Female 1 Male Empty field Time entered Hematology Comments max 22 characters 0 Type of Sample see table HUman As 264 BUN Test name max 6 characters 0 Type of Result see table 10 2 Rresult use period for the decimal point mg dl Measurement Units 15 Min Normal Value 50 Max Normal Value 200406201030 Format date year month day hour minutes 189E Checksum hexadecimal CR Carriage Return ASCII 13 HEX OD Each field has to be separated by the symbol ASCII 124 HEX 7C Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 265 A 266 m 22 2 A 2 gt m in Ger tename User manual MAINTENANCE 267 18 MAINTENAN
270. uvet te use a thermometer with a micro probe If the temperature is out of its optimum range 37 1 C 0 1 adjust with potenziometer R26 on biard EB0043 xx If the temperature is in range measure with a Temperature displayed on voltmeter referred to GND on TP1 EB0046 01 the monitor is out of range make sure that on TP6 of the slave CPU board gt 43 C or 36 C EB0045 xx there is a voltage of 5 VDC Regulate the temperature on the monitor using the triimmer PR1 of CPU slave board EBO045 xx Cuvette system do not go over the value of 0 1V Make sure that valve V4 and pump P6 are not blocked Clean and if necessary replace them Ger tename User manual MISCELLANEOUS 213 Cooling System does NOT cool Air Pump does NOT work 15 7 Spare Part List Code 17915 17916 AY0121 02 AY0115 01 AY0131 01 MA0064 01 MA0064 02 MS1071 01 MS1072 01 Sub_Code 17970 11 0011 01 50551 01 218 230 210 218 152 068 756 040 015 EMO145 01 615 020 105 680 011 212 680 010 216 EA0072 01 EA0053 02 052 01 EA0098 01 17917 17915 1 17916 1 17915 2 See details in chapter 3 See chapter 3 Description Diluter Module Electronic board Motor Sphere screw order together with 218 230 210 Spiral nut for screw order together with MS0551 01 Syringe belt Air Pump Pump motor Power supply transformer Input socket Fuses 5x20 1 25A for 230Vac Fuses 5x20 1 6A for 115Vac Com
271. y adjust ments If replacing the encoder disk 4 see the adjustments ne cessary as described in 18 Maintenance m K TTV Pr Ger tename User manual ENCODER MOTORE 163 AYO164 01 AYO168 01 AYO169 01 119 fa m D uie 11 3 Trouble Shooting Guide This section lists a series of symptoms and problems and how to solve them To solve some of the problems use the Diagnostic Program HUMASTAR 300 TOOLS Defect Causes and Remedies This procedure is valid for all encoders Check the start up PWR ON voltage of both the Reagent and Sampling Systems see also 3 5 Trouble Shooting Guide Operating program signals Check voltage 5V on J1 FATAL ERROR Move it manually to check if the diodo yellow indicating which movement led DL3 is ON generated the error If necessary adjust the alignement of the si gnals HOME and SYNC Remove the the encoder board Possible cause iseng Clean delicately dust accumulation the en coder disk using a soft brush Replace the programmable device PD0053 Replace the encoder board Difficult to read the number Check the same operations described above of steps of the encoder Human As 164 This procedure is valid for all encoders Operating program signals FATAL ERROR indicating which movement generated the error Possible cause Communication problems Friction in
272. yzer and wait for the boot procedure when the first image of Windows is displayed press CTRL until the desktop of Windows is dis played Insert the HUMASTAR TOOLS diskette into drive A and follow instructions Double click on the icon floppy A From the open window select PrintMeth exe Human 254 Double click on PrintMeth exe and wait until the program is loaded After a few seconds the image below will be displayyed Select the data to be saved and where to A Analyzer Press Execute to save the data After each saved file a confirmation will be requested When all the data is being saved the following files are going to be memorized Controls txt Methods txt Standards txt StdTest txt CtrlHistory txt CtrlTest txt CtrlTestDetails txt Methods Standards Controls History Device C C Analyzer The memorized fileformat is TXT and some ofthefoles are displayed as follows File controls txt Name ID Lot Expire Code ContrNormal 240 SNCM 31 08 04 9 ContrPath 236 SE 31 05 05 10 File standards txt Name Lot Expire Code Master Point ISE ISE Cal B 112233 08 10 05 70 Falso 0 Vero Alb 01 150 Falso 0 Falso Ger tename User manual TEST PROGRAM 255 Calcium def 08 09 10 63 Falso Falso CalNormal ghi 31 12 10 43 Falso Falso Chol 02 151 Falso 0 Falso To print these files in a more le

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Kärcher Rain System Schwarz Tropfschlauch 1/2", 10 m  HP 9000s Quick Reference Guide  my bernette my world  Real-time performance using FIQ interrupt handling in SPEAr MPUs  Compex HP10 Netzwerkadapter  Sinus A 602 Touch    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file